gas/testsuite/
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
c02a867d 11Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
5009afc5 12 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008
e9c75b65 13 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65
EZ
17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
23@end ifinfo
24
25@setchapternewpage off
25822942 26@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 27
56caf160
EZ
28@syncodeindex fn cp
29@syncodeindex vr cp
30
c906108c 31@titlepage
25822942 32@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
33@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
34@author John Gilmore
35@author Cygnus Solutions
36@author Second Edition:
37@author Stan Shebs
38@author Cygnus Solutions
39@page
40@tex
41\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
42\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
43{\parskip=0pt
44\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
45\hfill \manvers\par
46\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
47}
48@end tex
49
50@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 51Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
c91d38aa 52 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 53
e9c75b65
EZ
54Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
55under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 56any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
57Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
58Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
59Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
60@end titlepage
61
449f3b6c 62@contents
449f3b6c 63
c906108c
SS
64@node Top
65@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
66@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
67@top Scope of this Document
68
25822942
DB
69This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
70includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
71as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
72
73@menu
74* Requirements::
75* Overall Structure::
76* Algorithms::
77* User Interface::
89437448 78* libgdb::
669fac23 79* Stack Frames::
c906108c
SS
80* Symbol Handling::
81* Language Support::
82* Host Definition::
83* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 84* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
85* Target Vector Definition::
86* Native Debugging::
87* Support Libraries::
88* Coding::
89* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 90* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 91* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 92* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 93* Testsuite::
c906108c 94* Hints::
aab4e0ec 95
bcd7e15f 96* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 97* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 98* Index::
c906108c
SS
99@end menu
100
101@node Requirements
102
103@chapter Requirements
56caf160 104@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
105
106Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
107requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
108of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
109that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 110
56caf160
EZ
111First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
112front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
113shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 114
56caf160
EZ
115@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
116available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
117programmer.
c906108c 118
56caf160
EZ
119@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
120the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
121going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
122to debugger commands.
c906108c 123
56caf160
EZ
124@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
125While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 126picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
127programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
128mollify the debugger.
c906108c 129
56caf160
EZ
130@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
131Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
132heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 133
56caf160
EZ
134@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
135available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
136supports.
c906108c
SS
137
138
139@node Overall Structure
140
141@chapter Overall Structure
142
56caf160
EZ
143@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
144symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
145@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 146
2e685b93 147The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
148supporting code.
149
150The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
151interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
152parsing, type and value printing.
153
154The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
155physical target manipulation.
156
157The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
158number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
159elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
160supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
161this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
162should fit together.
163
164@section The Symbol Side
165
56caf160
EZ
166The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
167you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
168For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
169many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
170
171@section The Target Side
172
56caf160
EZ
173The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
174Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
175of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
176available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
177
178Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
179display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 180such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
181relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
182way.
183
184@section Configurations
185
56caf160
EZ
186@cindex host
187@cindex target
25822942 188@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
189@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
190executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
191third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
192
193Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support.
194Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host
195float format.
196
197Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
198dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
199breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
200to call a function.
201
202Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
203is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
204host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target
205process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
206registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
207in the native-dependent files.
208
209Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
210are really part of the target environment, but which require
211@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
212file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
213
25822942 214When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you
c906108c
SS
215have to include all three kinds of information.
216
25ab7e6d
EZ
217@section Source Tree Structure
218@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
219
220The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
221are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
222to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
7ce59000 223@file{dwarf2read.c} reads @sc{DWARF 2}, etc.
25ab7e6d
EZ
224
225Files that are related to some common task have names that share
226common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
227debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
228reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
229deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
230parlance for the program being debugged).
231
232There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
233@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
234files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
235(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
236specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
237
238Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
239debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
240native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
241
242The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
243
244@table @file
245@item cli
246Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
247Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
248
249@item gdbserver
250Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
251
252@item gdbtk
253Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
254
255@item mi
256The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
257
258@item signals
259Target signal translation code.
260
261@item tui
262Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
263Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
264@end table
c906108c
SS
265
266@node Algorithms
267
268@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 269@cindex algorithms
c906108c 270
56caf160
EZ
271@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
272often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
273cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
274algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
275they use.
c906108c 276
7d30c22d
JB
277@section Prologue Analysis
278
279@cindex prologue analysis
280@cindex call frame information
281@cindex CFI (call frame information)
282To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
283variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
284of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
285saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
286younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
287scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
288changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
289may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
290
291Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
292which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
293But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
294technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
295registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
296code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
297allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
298register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 299accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
300helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
301CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
302@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
303calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
304
305In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
306target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
307optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
308write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
309understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
310GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
311understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
312themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
313and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
314instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
315
316@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
317@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
318@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
319To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
320and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
321prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
322analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
323framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
324``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
325using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
326would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
327starts with the instruction:
328
329@example
330addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
331@end example
332@noindent
333we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
334this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
335value.
336
337If we then see an instruction like:
338
339@example
340addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
341@end example
342@noindent
343we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
344it is now 64 greater than its original value.
345
346If the next instruction were:
347
348@example
349mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
350@end example
351@noindent
352then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
353@code{r1} plus 64.
354
355It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
356need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
357registers. So after an instruction like this:
358
359@example
360mov (fp+4), r2
361@end example
362@noindent
363then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
364holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
365
366And so on.
367
368Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
369wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
370the instruction:
371
372@example
373xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
374@end example
375@noindent
376then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
377a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
378relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
379``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
380information is acceptable for our application.
381
382So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
383approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
384never inaccurate.
385
386Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
387machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
388contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
389from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
390current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
391Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
392kept track of.
393
394@itemize @bullet
395
396@item
397To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
398stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
399minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
400If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
401the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
402we don't know the frame size.
403
404@item
405To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
406search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
407registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
408original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
409to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
410anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
411@end itemize
412
413This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
414quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
415forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
416function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
417of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
418worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
419and maintain. In the approach described above:
420
421@itemize @bullet
422
423@item
424It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 425whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
426the effect of each instruction.
427
428@item
429It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
430instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
431wasn't already broken before.
432
433@item
434It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
435complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
436of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
437what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
438already gathering the right data for you.
439
440@end itemize
441
442The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
443the framework and how to use it.
444
445
c906108c
SS
446@section Breakpoint Handling
447
56caf160 448@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
449In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
450where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
451that location.
452
453There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
454breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
455
56caf160
EZ
456@cindex hardware breakpoints
457@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
458Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
459features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
460register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 461(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 462ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
463exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
464
465Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
466include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
467processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
468address.
469
470A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
471breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
472software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
473breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 474@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 475for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
476
477Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 478limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 479start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 480notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
481whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
482breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
483an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
484
485@cindex software breakpoints
486Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
487The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
488instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
489that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
490@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
491user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
492instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
493
494Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 495must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 496can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 497although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
498
499Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
500instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
501target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
502breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
503larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
504targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
505instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
506set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
507although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
508instruction.
509
56caf160 510@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
511The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro
512@code{BREAKPOINT}.
513
514Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
515much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
516
8181d85f
DJ
517@table @code
518@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
519@findex target_remove_breakpoint
520@findex target_insert_breakpoint
521@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
522@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
523Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
524@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
525non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
526breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
527@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
528to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
529@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
530related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
531contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
532if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
533underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
534memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
535@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
536it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
537
538For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
539shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
4a9bb1df 540the length reported by @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} is cached in
8181d85f
DJ
541@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
542used to remove the breakpoint.
543
544@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
545@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
546@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
547@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
548@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
549Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
550@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
551non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
552a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
553@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
554@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
555but @code{placed_size} may be.
556@end table
557
c906108c
SS
558@section Single Stepping
559
560@section Signal Handling
561
562@section Thread Handling
563
564@section Inferior Function Calls
565
566@section Longjmp Support
567
56caf160 568@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 569@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
570@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
571stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
572which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
573command.
c906108c 574
4a9bb1df
UW
575@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
576To make this work, you need to define a function called
577@code{gdbarch_get_longjmp_target}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf}
c906108c
SS
578structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf}
579is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate
56caf160 580@file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and
c906108c
SS
581@file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this.
582
9742079a
EZ
583@section Watchpoints
584@cindex watchpoints
585
586Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
587breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
588instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
589your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
590hunt down and kill such bugs.
591
592@cindex hardware watchpoints
593@cindex software watchpoints
594Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
595known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
596hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
597software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
598will use software watchpoints are:
599
600@itemize @bullet
601@item
602The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
603watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
604to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
605more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
606watchpoints.
607
608@item
609The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
610registers (as opposed to memory).
611
612@item
613Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
614this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
615resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
616breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
617breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
618
619@item
620No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
621implementation.
622@end itemize
623
624Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
625single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
626watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
627section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
628
b6b8ece6
EZ
629When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
630possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
d983da9c
DJ
631It first uses @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to see if any watchpoint
632was hit. If not, all watchpoint checking is skipped.
633
634Then @value{GDBN} calls @code{target_stopped_data_address} exactly
635once. This method returns the address of the watchpoint which
636triggered, if the target can determine it. If the triggered address
637is available, @value{GDBN} compares the address returned by this
638method with each watched memory address in each active watchpoint.
639For data-read and data-access watchpoints, @value{GDBN} announces
640every watchpoint that watches the triggered address as being hit.
641For this reason, data-read and data-access watchpoints
642@emph{require} that the triggered address be available; if not, read
643and access watchpoints will never be considered hit. For data-write
644watchpoints, if the triggered address is available, @value{GDBN}
645considers only those watchpoints which match that address;
646otherwise, @value{GDBN} considers all data-write watchpoints. For
647each data-write watchpoint that @value{GDBN} considers, it evaluates
648the expression whose value is being watched, and tests whether the
649watched value has changed. Watchpoints whose watched values have
650changed are announced as hit.
b6b8ece6 651
9742079a
EZ
652@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
653watchpoints:
654
655@table @code
656@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
657@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
658If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
659
660@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
661@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
662Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
663possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
664of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
665not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
666number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
667is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
668are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
669the same time).
670
671@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
672@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
673Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
674whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
675
b6b8ece6 676@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
677@findex target_insert_watchpoint
678@findex target_remove_watchpoint
679@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
680@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
681Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
682@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
683possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
684defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
685
474c8240 686@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
687 enum target_hw_bp_type
688 @{
689 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
690 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
691 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
692 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
693 @};
474c8240 694@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
695
696@noindent
697These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
698
9742079a 699@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
700@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
701If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
702associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
d983da9c
DJ
703@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. This
704is required for data-read and data-access watchpoints. It is
705not required for data-write watchpoints, but @value{GDBN} uses
706it to improve handling of those also.
707
708@value{GDBN} will only call this method once per watchpoint stop,
709immediately after calling @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}. If the
710target's watchpoint indication is sticky, i.e., stays set after
711resuming, this method should clear it. For instance, the x86 debug
712control register has sticky triggered flags.
9742079a 713
5009afc5
AS
714@findex target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
715@item target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (@var{target}, @var{addr}, @var{start}, @var{length})
716Check whether @var{addr} (as returned by @code{target_stopped_data_address})
717lies within the hardware-defined watchpoint region described by
718@var{start} and @var{length}. This only needs to be provided if the
719granularity of a watchpoint is greater than one byte, i.e., if the
720watchpoint can also trigger on nearby addresses outside of the watched
721region.
722
9742079a
EZ
723@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
724@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
725If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
5009afc5 726watchpoint to step over it. Like @code{gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint},
d983da9c
DJ
727this is usually set when watchpoints trigger at the instruction
728which will perform an interesting read or write. It should be
729set if there is a temporary disable bit which allows the processor
730to step over the interesting instruction without raising the
731watchpoint exception again.
9742079a 732
4a9bb1df
UW
733@findex gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint
734@item int gdbarch_have_nonsteppable_watchpoint (@var{gdbarch})
735If it returns a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
d983da9c
DJ
736watchpoint to step the inferior over it. This is usually set when
737watchpoints trigger at the instruction which will perform an
738interesting read or write.
9742079a
EZ
739
740@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
741@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
742If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
d983da9c
DJ
743inferior after a watchpoint has been hit. This is usually set
744when watchpoints trigger at the instruction following an interesting
745read or write.
9742079a
EZ
746
747@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
748@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
749If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
750watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
751
752@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
753@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
754Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
755the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
756Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
757the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
758type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
759target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
760the @var{wait_status} argument.
761
762@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
763@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
764determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
765it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
766@end table
767
d983da9c
DJ
768@subsection Watchpoints and Threads
769@cindex watchpoints, with threads
770
771@value{GDBN} only supports process-wide watchpoints, which trigger
772in all threads. @value{GDBN} uses the thread ID to make watchpoints
773act as if they were thread-specific, but it cannot set hardware
774watchpoints that only trigger in a specific thread. Therefore, even
775if the target supports threads, per-thread debug registers, and
776watchpoints which only affect a single thread, it should set the
777per-thread debug registers for all threads to the same value. On
778@sc{gnu}/Linux native targets, this is accomplished by using
779@code{ALL_LWPS} in @code{target_insert_watchpoint} and
780@code{target_remove_watchpoint} and by using
781@code{linux_set_new_thread} to register a handler for newly created
782threads.
783
784@value{GDBN}'s @sc{gnu}/Linux support only reports a single event
785at a time, although multiple events can trigger simultaneously for
786multi-threaded programs. When multiple events occur, @file{linux-nat.c}
787queues subsequent events and returns them the next time the program
788is resumed. This means that @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} and
789@code{target_stopped_data_address} only need to consult the current
790thread's state---the thread indicated by @code{inferior_ptid}. If
791two threads have hit watchpoints simultaneously, those routines
792will be called a second time for the second thread.
793
9742079a
EZ
794@subsection x86 Watchpoints
795@cindex x86 debug registers
796@cindex watchpoints, on x86
797
798The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
799registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
800generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
801support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
802subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
803
804To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
805following:
806
807@itemize @bullet
808@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
809@item
810Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
811target-dependent headers.
812
813@item
814Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
815defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
816
817@item
818Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
819@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
820@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
821
822@item
823Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
824below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
825which does the real work.
826@end itemize
827
828The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
829debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
830real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
831provide:
832
833@table @code
834@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
835@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
836Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
837
838@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
839@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
840Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
841
842@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
843@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
844Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
845number @var{idx}.
846
847@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
848@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
849Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
850used immediately after it is returned by
851@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
852register values.
853@end table
854
855For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
856that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
857to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
858allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
859expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
860wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
861maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
862anything to use this feature.
863
864The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
865bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
866be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
867region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
868@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
869bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
870a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
871region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
872
873The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
874@value{GDBN}'s application code:
875
876@table @code
877@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
878@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
879The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
880this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
881watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
882less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
883processors.
884
885@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
886@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
887The target function
888@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
889This
9742079a
EZ
890function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
891Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
892macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
893set in DR6.
894
ac77d04f
JJ
895@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
896@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
897The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
898is set to call this function. The
899argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
900function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
901Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
902macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
903returned.
904
9742079a
EZ
905@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
906@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
907@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
908@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
909Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
910@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
911are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
912looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
913region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
914reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
915register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
916the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
917value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
918register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
919and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
920inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
921@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
922required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
923each debug register.
924
925@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
926in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
927length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
928values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
929@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
930watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
931decrements the reference count, and only calls
932@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
933the count goes to zero.
934
935@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
936@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
937@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
938@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
939These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
940macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
941@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
942The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
943the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
944These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
945@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
946the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
947hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
948register.
949
950@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
951@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
952This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
953hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 954@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
955address whose watchpoint triggered.
956
957@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
958@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
959This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
960bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
961the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
962@end table
963
964@noindent
965@strong{Notes:}
966@enumerate 1
967@item
968x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
969However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
970@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
971watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
972on x86.
973
974@item
975x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
976only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
977there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
978whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
979current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
980always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
981watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
982unavailable in many platforms.
983@end enumerate
984
5c95884b
MS
985@section Checkpoints
986@cindex checkpoints
987@cindex restart
988In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
989the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
990
991Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
992whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
993state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
994registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
995of open files and devices.
996
997There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 998in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
999method implemented on the target side.
1000
1001A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
1002state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
1003not typically include information about external entities such as
1004open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
1005
1006A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
1007as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
1008is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
1009be used on other systems.
1010
b247355e 1011Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
1012method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
1013advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
1014details of how it is done.
1015
1016
bcd7e15f
JB
1017@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
1018@cindex observer pattern interface
1019@cindex notifications about changes in internals
1020
1021In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
1022some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
1023modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
1024hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
1025versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
1026@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
1027a strong limitation.
1028
1029A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1030Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1031a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1032previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1033easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1034interface when adding new notifications.
1035
1036See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1037currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1038implementation is also briefly discussed.
1039
c906108c
SS
1040@node User Interface
1041
1042@chapter User Interface
1043
25822942 1044@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface
c906108c
SS
1045is the most common and most familiar, there are others.
1046
1047@section Command Interpreter
1048
56caf160 1049@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1050@cindex CLI
25822942 1051The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1052allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1053has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1054a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1055
56caf160
EZ
1056For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1057@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1058to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1059
56caf160
EZ
1060@findex add_cmd
1061@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1062To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1063the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1064place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1065the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1066
40dd2248
TT
1067@findex add_setshow_cmd
1068@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1069To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1070@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1071a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1072further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1073the new command structures for manipulation.
1074
56caf160
EZ
1075@cindex deprecating commands
1076@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1077Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1078deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1079aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1080@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1081return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1082command immediately after it is created.
1083
c72e7388 1084The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1085replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1086@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1087entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1088
0ee54786
EZ
1089@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1090@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1091@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1092
1093@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1094The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1095@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1096interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1097from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1098every UI, to produce output.
1099
1100@subsection Overview and Terminology
1101
1102In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1103of output, and can even generate an input request.
1104
1105Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1106
1107@itemize @bullet
1108@item
1109to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1110
1111@item
1112to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1113operation;
1114
1115@item
1116to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1117progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1118
1119@item
1120to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1121
1122@item
1123to show @emph{debug data};
1124
1125@item
1126to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1127@end itemize
1128
1129@noindent
1130This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1131although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1132
1133Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1134involves one or more of the following:
1135
1136@itemize @bullet
1137@item
1138output of the actual data
1139
1140@item
1141formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1142easily readable by humans
1143
1144@item
1145machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1146parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1147
1148@item
c72e7388
AC
1149annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1150parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1151@end itemize
1152
1153The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1154Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1155of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1156deprecated.
1157
c72e7388
AC
1158Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1159a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1160non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1161header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1162
c72e7388
AC
1163@table @code
1164@item <table> @expansion{}
1165@code{<header> <body>}
1166@item <header> @expansion{}
1167@code{@{ <column> @}}
1168@item <column> @expansion{}
1169@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1170@item <body> @expansion{}
1171@code{@{<row>@}}
1172@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1173
1174
1175@subsection General Conventions
1176
c72e7388
AC
1177Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1178@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1179object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1180
c72e7388
AC
1181The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1182to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1183
c72e7388
AC
1184The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1185When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1186sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1187format.
1188
c72e7388
AC
1189When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1190call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1191
1192
c72e7388 1193@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1194
1195@cindex list output functions
1196@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1197@cindex tuple output functions
1198This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1199tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1200(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1201
c72e7388
AC
1202To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1203containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1204fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1205
c72e7388
AC
1206Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1207rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1208even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1209
1210@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1211Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1212maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1213
1214The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1215
474c8240 1216@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1217 ui_out_table_begin
1218 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1219 @dots{}
0ee54786 1220 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1221 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1222 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1223 @dots{}
1224 ui_out_tuple_end
1225 @dots{}
0ee54786 1226 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1227@end smallexample
0ee54786 1228
c72e7388 1229Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1230functions:
1231
c72e7388
AC
1232@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1233The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1234of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1235function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1236the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1237@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1238pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1239@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1240was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1241
1242The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1243the end of the table's output.
1244@end deftypefun
1245
c72e7388
AC
1246@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1247@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1248table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1249column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1250@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1251
1252The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1253value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1254@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1255center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1256specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1257column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1258call.
0ee54786
EZ
1259@end deftypefun
1260
1261@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1262This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1263@end deftypefun
1264
1265@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1266This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1267after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1268functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1269
1270There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1271call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1272will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1273@end deftypefun
1274
c72e7388 1275The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1276call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1277@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1278@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1279calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1280
c72e7388
AC
1281@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1282This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1283to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1284implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1285after the call.
1286@end deftypefun
1287
1288@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1289This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1290one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1291@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1292be signaled.
1293@end deftypefun
1294
1295@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1296This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1297(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1298and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1299cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1300@smallexample
1301struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1302ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1303old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1304 uiout);
1305@end smallexample
1306@end deftypefun
1307
1308@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1309This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1310an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1311implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1312after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1313@end deftypefun
1314
1315@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1316This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1317one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1318@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1319be signaled.
1320@end deftypefun
1321
1322@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1323Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1324opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
f66d1690 1325that will close the list.
0ee54786
EZ
1326@end deftypefun
1327
1328@subsection Item Output Functions
1329
1330@cindex item output functions
1331@cindex field output functions
1332@cindex data output
1333The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1334items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1335
1336Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1337
1338@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1339This is the most general output function. It produces the
1340representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1341according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1342@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1343supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1344supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1345
1346This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1347use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1348@end deftypefun
1349
c72e7388 1350@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1351This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1352@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1353the name of the field.
1354@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1355
1356@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1357This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1358@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1359@var{fldname} specifies
1360the name of the field.
1361@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1362
c72e7388 1363@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1364This function outputs an address.
1365@end deftypefun
1366
c72e7388 1367@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1368This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1369specification.
1370@end deftypefun
1371
1372Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1373functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1374@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1375the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1376used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1377of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1378@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1379you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1380@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1381@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1382and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1383constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1384you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1385@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1386
1387@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1388This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1389same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1390passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1391@code{ui_stream} object.
1392@end deftypefun
1393
1394@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1395This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1396@var{streambuf}.
1397@end deftypefun
1398
c72e7388 1399@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1400This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1401@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1402@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1403@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1404the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1405@end deftypefun
1406
1407@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1408out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1409@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1410cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1411skeleton code to do that:
1412
1413@smallexample
1414 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1415 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1416 ...
1417 do_cleanups (old);
1418@end smallexample
1419
1420If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1421of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1422
1423@smallexample
1424 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1425 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1426@end smallexample
1427
1428Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1429@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1430same buffer twice.
1431
1432@subsection Utility Output Functions
1433
c72e7388 1434@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1435This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1436an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1437@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1438@end deftypefun
1439
c72e7388 1440@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1441This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1442easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1443this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1444from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1445
1446Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1447the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1448to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1449string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1450output short messages.
1451@end deftypefun
1452
1453@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1454This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1455text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1456list.
1457@end deftypefun
1458
c72e7388 1459@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1460This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1461verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1462current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1463verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1464setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1465as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1466argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1467@end deftypefun
1468
1469@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1470This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1471of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1472output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1473be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1474accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1475explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1476@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1477@end deftypefun
1478
1479@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1480This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1481the UI buffers output.
1482@end deftypefun
1483
1484
1485@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1486
1487@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1488@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1489This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1490functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1491@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1492@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1493
1494This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1495produce a table.
1496
1497The original code was:
1498
474c8240 1499@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1500 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1501 @{
1502 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1503
1504 annotate_field (0);
1505 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1506 annotate_field (1);
1507 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1508 annotate_field (2);
1509 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1510 annotate_field (3);
1511 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1512 if (addressprint)
1513 @{
1514 annotate_field (4);
1515 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1516 @}
1517 annotate_field (5);
1518 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1519
1520 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1521 @}
474c8240 1522@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1523
1524Here's the new version:
1525
474c8240 1526@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1527 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1528
1529 if (addressprint)
1530 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1531 else
1532 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1533
1534 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1535 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1536 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1537 annotate_field (0);
1538 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1539 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1540 annotate_field (1);
1541 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1542 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1543 annotate_field (2);
1544 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1545 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1546 annotate_field (3);
1547 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1548 if (addressprint)
1549 @{
1550 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1551 annotate_field (4);
4a9bb1df 1552 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
c72e7388 1553 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1554 else
c72e7388
AC
1555 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1556 @}
1557 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1558 annotate_field (5);
1559 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1560 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1561 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1562 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1563@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1564
1565This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1566to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1567in the above example. The original code was:
1568
474c8240 1569@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1570 annotate_record ();
1571 annotate_field (0);
1572 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1573 annotate_field (1);
1574 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1575 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1576 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1577 (int)b->type);
1578 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1579 annotate_field (2);
1580 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1581 annotate_field (3);
1582 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1583 @dots{}
474c8240 1584@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1585
1586This is the new version:
1587
474c8240 1588@smallexample
0ee54786 1589 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1590 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1591 annotate_field (0);
1592 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1593 annotate_field (1);
1594 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1595 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1596 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1597 (int) b->type);
1598 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1599 annotate_field (2);
1600 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1601 annotate_field (3);
1602 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1603 @dots{}
474c8240 1604@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1605
1606This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1607produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1608functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1609automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1610
474c8240 1611@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1612 annotate_field (5);
1613 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1614@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1615
1616The new version is:
1617
474c8240 1618@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1619 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1620 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1621 ...
1622 annotate_field (5);
1623 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1624 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1625@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1626
1627This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1628@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1629was:
1630
474c8240 1631@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1632 annotate_field (5);
1633 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1634 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1635 else
1636 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1637@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1638
1639It became:
1640
474c8240 1641@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1642 annotate_field (5);
1643 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1644 @{
1645 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1646 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1647 @}
1648 else
1649 @{
1650 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1651 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1652 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1653 @}
474c8240 1654@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1655
1656The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1657use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1658code was:
1659
474c8240 1660@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1661 annotate_field (5);
1662 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1663 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1664@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1665
1666It became:
1667
474c8240 1668@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1669 annotate_field (5);
1670 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1671 @{
1672 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1673 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1674 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1675 @}
474c8240 1676@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1677
1678Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1679code was:
1680
474c8240 1681@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1682 annotate_field (5);
1683 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1684 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1685@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1686
1687It became:
1688
474c8240 1689@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1690 annotate_field (5);
1691 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1692 @{
1693 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1694 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1695 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1696 @}
474c8240 1697@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1698
1699Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1700
474c8240 1701@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1702 annotate_field (4);
1703 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1704 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1705@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1706
1707It became:
1708
474c8240 1709@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1710 annotate_field (4);
1711 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1712@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1713
1714
c906108c
SS
1715@section Console Printing
1716
1717@section TUI
1718
89437448 1719@node libgdb
c906108c 1720
89437448
AC
1721@chapter libgdb
1722
1723@section libgdb 1.0
1724@cindex @code{libgdb}
1725@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1726to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1727
1728@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1729@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1730@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1731better able to support graphical and other environments.
1732
1733Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1734evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1735
1736@itemize @bullet
1737@item
1738Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1739@item
1740Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1741@item
1742Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1743@item
1744Library - @file{gdb.h}
1745@end itemize
1746
1747The model that ties these components together is described below.
1748
1749@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1750
1751A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1752
1753@itemize @bullet
1754@item
1755As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1756@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1757state, etc).
1758@item
1759As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1760obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1761@end itemize
1762
c1468174 1763Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1764the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1765controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1766@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1767before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1768
1769@section CLI support
1770
1771At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1772@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1773their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1774requirements.
1775
1776It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1777(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1778out the theory:
1779
1780@itemize @bullet
1781@item
1782The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1783@item
1784The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1785versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1786@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1787@item
1788The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1789used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1790@end itemize
1791
1792When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1793along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1794the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1795through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1796At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1797virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1798
1799The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1800@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1801client's custom builder).
1802
1803@section @code{libgdb} components
1804
1805@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1806@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1807be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1808observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1809the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1810finished the current command.
1811
1812@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1813@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1814create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1815when doing any queries.
1816
1817@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1818@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1819@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1820loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1821implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1822
1823The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1824@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1825instead of returning.
1826
1827@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1828@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1829the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1830builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1831before the query function returns.
c906108c 1832
669fac23
DJ
1833@node Stack Frames
1834@chapter Stack Frames
1835
1836@cindex frame
1837@cindex call stack frame
1838A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
1839and called functions.
1840
1841@cindex unwind frame
1842@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
1843need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
1844the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
1845Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
1846read the @sc{dwarf} specification, available from
1847@url{http://www.dwarfstd.org}.
1848
1849@findex frame_register_unwind
1850@findex get_frame_register
1851@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
1852``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
1853@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
1854frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
1855#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
1856obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
1857frame itself?
1858
1859@cindex sentinel frame
1860@findex get_frame_type
1861@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
1862To answer this question, GDB has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
1863``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
1864the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
1865is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) @equiv{}
1866SENTINEL_FRAME}.
1867
1868@section Selecting an Unwinder
1869
1870@findex frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder
1871@findex frame_unwind_append_unwinder
1872The architecture registers a list of frame unwinders (@code{struct
1873frame_unwind}), using the functions
1874@code{frame_unwind_prepend_unwinder} and
1875@code{frame_unwind_append_unwinder}. Each unwinder includes a
1876sniffer. Whenever @value{GDBN} needs to unwind a frame (to fetch the
1877previous frame's registers or the current frame's ID), it calls
1878registered sniffers in order to find one which recognizes the frame.
1879The first time a sniffer returns non-zero, the corresponding unwinder
1880is assigned to the frame.
1881
1882@section Unwinding the Frame ID
1883@cindex frame ID
1884
1885Every frame has an associated ID, of type @code{struct frame_id}.
1886The ID includes the stack base and function start address for
1887the frame. The ID persists through the entire life of the frame,
1888including while other called frames are running; it is used to
1889locate an appropriate @code{struct frame_info} from the cache.
1890
1891Every time the inferior stops, and at various other times, the frame
1892cache is flushed. Because of this, parts of @value{GDBN} which need
1893to keep track of individual frames cannot use pointers to @code{struct
1894frame_info}. A frame ID provides a stable reference to a frame, even
1895when the unwinder must be run again to generate a new @code{struct
1896frame_info} for the same frame.
1897
1898The frame's unwinder's @code{this_id} method is called to find the ID.
1899Note that this is different from register unwinding, where the next
1900frame's @code{prev_register} is called to unwind this frame's
1901registers.
1902
1903Both stack base and function address are required to identify the
1904frame, because a recursive function has the same function address for
1905two consecutive frames and a leaf function may have the same stack
1906address as its caller. On some platforms, a third address is part of
1907the ID to further disambiguate frames---for instance, on IA-64
1908the separate register stack address is included in the ID.
1909
1910An invalid frame ID (@code{null_frame_id}) returned from the
1911@code{this_id} method means to stop unwinding after this frame.
1912
1913@section Unwinding Registers
1914
1915Each unwinder includes a @code{prev_register} method. This method
1916takes a frame, an associated cache pointer, and a register number.
1917It returns a @code{struct value *} describing the requested register,
1918as saved by this frame. This is the value of the register that is
1919current in this frame's caller.
1920
1921The returned value must have the same type as the register. It may
1922have any lvalue type. In most circumstances one of these routines
1923will generate the appropriate value:
1924
1925@table @code
1926@item frame_unwind_got_optimized
1927@findex frame_unwind_got_optimized
1928This register was not saved.
1929
1930@item frame_unwind_got_register
1931@findex frame_unwind_got_register
1932This register was copied into another register in this frame. This
1933is also used for unchanged registers; they are ``copied'' into the
1934same register.
1935
1936@item frame_unwind_got_memory
1937@findex frame_unwind_got_memory
1938This register was saved in memory.
1939
1940@item frame_unwind_got_constant
1941@findex frame_unwind_got_constant
1942This register was not saved, but the unwinder can compute the previous
1943value some other way.
1944
1945@item frame_unwind_got_address
1946@findex frame_unwind_got_address
1947Same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}, except that the value is a target
1948address. This is frequently used for the stack pointer, which is not
1949explicitly saved but has a known offset from this frame's stack
1950pointer. For architectures with a flat unified address space, this is
1951generally the same as @code{frame_unwind_got_constant}.
1952@end table
1953
c906108c
SS
1954@node Symbol Handling
1955
1956@chapter Symbol Handling
1957
25822942 1958Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables,
c906108c
SS
1959functions, and types.
1960
1961@section Symbol Reading
1962
56caf160
EZ
1963@cindex symbol reading
1964@cindex reading of symbols
1965@cindex symbol files
1966@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1967file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1968debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1969symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1970more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while
1971reading symbols from shared libraries.
1972
1973@findex find_sym_fns
1974Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1975the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1976of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1977this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1978
1979@findex add_symtab_fns
1980@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
1981@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
1982Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
1983@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
1984to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
1985name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
1986and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 1987times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
1988prefix.
1989
1990The functions supplied by each module are:
1991
1992@table @code
1993@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
1994
56caf160 1995@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1996Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
1997symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
1998resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
1999read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
2000might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
2001whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
2002
2003The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
2004@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
2005new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
2006and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
2007information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
2008in the @code{private} field.
2009
2010There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
2011@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
2012
2013@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
2014
2015Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
2016This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
2017state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
2018@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
2019arguments and no result. It may be called after
2020@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
2021may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
2022
2023@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
2024
2025Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
2026symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
2027
56caf160 2028@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
2029@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
2030the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
2031address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 2032table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
2033or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
2034@end table
2035
2036In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
2037@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
2038to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 2039from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
2040
2041@table @code
2042@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
2043
56caf160 2044Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
2045the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
2046pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
2047symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
2048@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
2049zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
2050@end table
2051
2052@section Partial Symbol Tables
2053
56caf160 2054@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
2055
2056@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2057@cindex full symbol table
2058@cindex symtabs
2059@item
2060Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
2061information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 2062
56caf160
EZ
2063@cindex psymtabs
2064@item
2065Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
2066information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
2067symbol table.
2068
56caf160
EZ
2069@cindex minimal symbol table
2070@cindex minsymtabs
2071@item
2072Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 2073gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
2074@end itemize
2075
56caf160 2076@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
2077This section describes partial symbol tables.
2078
2079A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
2080file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 2081extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 2082need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 2083information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
2084quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
2085pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
2086the user.
2087@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
2088
2089The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
2090visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
2091that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 2092types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
2093
2094The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
2095full symbol table would represent.
2096
56caf160
EZ
2097@cindex finding a symbol
2098@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
2099The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
2100code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
2101
2102@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
2103@findex find_pc_function
2104@findex find_pc_line
2105@item
c1468174 2106By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
2107function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
2108range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
2109@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
2110@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 2111
56caf160
EZ
2112@cindex lookup_symbol
2113@item
2114By its name
c1468174 2115(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
2116function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
2117psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
2118have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
2119case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 2120qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
2121local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
2122does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
2123@end itemize
2124
2125The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
2126at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
2127while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
2128psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
2129them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
2130either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
2131name.
2132
56caf160
EZ
2133It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
2134been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
2135in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
2136all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
2137ranges.
c906108c 2138
56caf160 2139The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
2140thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
2141be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
2142bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
2143and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
2144on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
2145unless you want to do a lot more work.
2146
2147@section Types
2148
56caf160 2149@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2150
56caf160 2151@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2152These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2153types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2154into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2155that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2156knows about.
c906108c 2157
56caf160 2158@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2159
56caf160
EZ
2160@cindex type codes
2161Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2162of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2163@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2164which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2165types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2166other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2167or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2168
56caf160 2169@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2170
2171These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2172fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2173use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2174eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2175initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2176@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2177an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2178@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2179only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2180@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2181some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2182
2183@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2184@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2185
2186@subsection a.out
2187
56caf160
EZ
2188@cindex @code{a.out} format
2189The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2190consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2191which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2192respectively.
c906108c 2193
56caf160 2194The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2195place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2196@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2197format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2198symbols with distinctive attributes.
2199
56caf160 2200The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2201
2202@subsection COFF
2203
56caf160 2204@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2205The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2206COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2207number of sections is limited.
2208
2209The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
2210was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For
2211instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2212included file.
2213
2214The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2215
2216@subsection ECOFF
2217
56caf160 2218@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2219ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2220workstations.
2221
2222The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2223
2224@subsection XCOFF
2225
56caf160 2226@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2227The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2228The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2229symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2230@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2231information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2232
2233The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2234shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2235refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2236relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2237using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2238been run (or the core file has been read).
2239
2240@subsection PE
2241
56caf160
EZ
2242@cindex PE-COFF format
2243Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2244executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2245
25822942 2246While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2247COFF reader.
2248
2249@subsection ELF
2250
56caf160 2251@cindex ELF format
c906108c
SS
2252The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar
2253to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes
2254many of COFF's limitations.
2255
2256The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2257
2258@subsection SOM
2259
56caf160 2260@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2261SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2262SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2263
1a92f856 2264The SOM reader is in @file{somread.c}.
c906108c 2265
c906108c
SS
2266@section Debugging File Formats
2267
2268This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2269are independent of the object file format.
2270
2271@subsection stabs
2272
56caf160 2273@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2274@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2275format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2276formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2277
2278While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2279including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2280the real work.
2281
2282@subsection COFF
2283
56caf160 2284@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2285The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2286of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2287
2288@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2289
56caf160 2290@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2291ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2292
2293The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2294
c906108c
SS
2295@subsection DWARF 2
2296
56caf160 2297@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2298DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2299
2300The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2301
31fffb02
CS
2302@subsection Compressed DWARF 2
2303
2304@cindex Compressed DWARF 2 debugging info
2305Compressed DWARF 2 is not technically a separate debugging format, but
2306merely DWARF 2 debug information that has been compressed. In this
2307format, every object-file section holding DWARF 2 debugging
2308information is compressed and prepended with a header. (The section
2309is also typically renamed, so a section called @code{.debug_info} in a
2310DWARF 2 binary would be called @code{.zdebug_info} in a compressed
2311DWARF 2 binary.) The header is 12 bytes long:
2312
2313@itemize @bullet
2314@item
23154 bytes: the literal string ``ZLIB''
2316@item
23178 bytes: the uncompressed size of the section, in big-endian byte
2318order.
2319@end itemize
2320
2321The same reader is used for both compressed an normal DWARF 2 info.
2322Section decompression is done in @code{zlib_decompress_section} in
2323@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2324
c906108c
SS
2325@subsection SOM
2326
56caf160 2327@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2328Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2329
25822942 2330@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2331
56caf160
EZ
2332@cindex adding debugging info reader
2333If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2334there is probably little to be done.
2335
2336If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2337BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2338
2339You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
25822942 2340debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines
c906108c 2341from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging
25822942 2342information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD
c906108c
SS
2343internal data structures.
2344
2345For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2346to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2347platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2348will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2349directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2350@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2351
c91d38aa
DJ
2352@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2353
2354Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2355its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2356namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2357
2358Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2359released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2360objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2361they could be unloaded at different times.
2362
2363User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2364these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2365is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2366the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2367
c906108c
SS
2368
2369@node Language Support
2370
2371@chapter Language Support
2372
56caf160
EZ
2373@cindex language support
2374@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2375although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2376manually.
c906108c 2377
56caf160
EZ
2378@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2379of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2380means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2381identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2382
25822942 2383@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2384
56caf160
EZ
2385@cindex adding source language
2386To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2387following steps:
c906108c
SS
2388
2389@table @emph
2390@item Create the expression parser.
2391
56caf160 2392@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2393This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2394building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2395@file{parse.c}.
2396
56caf160 2397@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2398Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2399parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2400@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2401various parsers from defining the same global names:
2402
474c8240 2403@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2404#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2405#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2406#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2407#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2408#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2409#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2410#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2411#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2412#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2413#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2414#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2415#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2416#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2417#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2418#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2419#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2420@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2421
2422At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2423initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2424@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2425@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2426that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2427and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2428@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2429language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2430for more information.
2431
2432@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2433
56caf160
EZ
2434@cindex expression evaluation routines
2435@findex evaluate_subexp
2436@findex prefixify_subexp
2437@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2438If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2439add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2440code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2441defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2442for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2443@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2444the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2445
2446@item Update some existing code
2447
2448Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2449@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2450
2451Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2452These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2453are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2454statement, an error is reported.
2455
56caf160 2456@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2457Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2458@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2459@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2460string.
2461
56caf160 2462@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2463Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2464language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2465dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2466
56caf160 2467@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2468Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2469code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2470This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2471Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2472file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2473information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2474code.
2475
56caf160
EZ
2476@findex print_subexp
2477@findex op_print_tab
2478Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2479expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2480printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2481
2482@item Add a place of call
2483
56caf160 2484@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2485Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2486@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2487
2488@item Use macros to trim code
2489
56caf160 2490@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2491The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2492languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2493@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2494macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2495leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2496using your language.
2497
25822942 2498Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2499is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2500compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2501
56caf160
EZ
2502See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2503for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2504
2505@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2506
2507Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2508variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2509not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2510distribution!
c906108c
SS
2511@end table
2512
2513
2514@node Host Definition
2515
2516@chapter Host Definition
2517
56caf160 2518With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2519definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2520mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2521
2522@section Adding a New Host
2523
56caf160
EZ
2524@cindex adding a new host
2525@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2526@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2527New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2528@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2529below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2530eventually disappear.
c906108c 2531
c906108c 2532@table @file
c906108c 2533@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527
AC
2534This file once contained both host and native configuration information
2535(@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host
2536configuration information is now handed by Autoconf.
2537
2538Host configuration information included a definition of
2539@code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2540@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2541@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2542
7fd60527
AC
2543New host only configurations do not need this file.
2544
c906108c 2545@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h
7fd60527
AC
2546This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting
2547gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now
2548handled by Autoconf.
2549
2550New host and native configurations do not need this file.
2551
2552@emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h}
2553file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT},
2554@var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code
2555also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.}
c906108c 2556
c906108c
SS
2557@end table
2558
2559@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2560
56caf160 2561@cindex generic host support
c906108c
SS
2562There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
2563various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
2564defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
2565the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
2566@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}.
2567
2568Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
2569to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
2570Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o}
2571into @code{XDEPFILES}.
2572
2573@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2574@cindex remote debugging support
2575@cindex serial line support
c906108c
SS
2576@item ser-unix.c
2577This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always
2578included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this
2579variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it.
2580
2581@item ser-go32.c
2582This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2583using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2584
56caf160 2585@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c
SS
2586@item ser-tcp.c
2587This contains generic TCP support using sockets.
c906108c
SS
2588@end table
2589
2590@section Host Conditionals
2591
56caf160
EZ
2592When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2593defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
2594attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if
2595the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where
2596they are used is indicated) are:
c906108c 2597
56caf160 2598@ftable @code
25822942 2599@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2600The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2601@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2602
cce74817
JM
2603@item NO_STD_REGS
2604This macro is deprecated.
2605
c906108c
SS
2606@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2607If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2608of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2609
2610@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2611Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2612the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2613
c906108c 2614@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2615@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2616Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2617line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2618characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2619which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2620mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2621
2622@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2623@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2624The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2625
2626@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2627@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2628The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2629
c906108c
SS
2630@item FOPEN_RB
2631Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
2632
c906108c 2633@item HAVE_MMAP
56caf160 2634@findex mmap
c906108c
SS
2635In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol
2636tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates.
2637
c906108c
SS
2638@item HAVE_TERMIO
2639Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}.
2640
c906108c 2641@item INT_MAX
9742079a
EZ
2642@itemx INT_MIN
2643@itemx LONG_MAX
2644@itemx UINT_MAX
2645@itemx ULONG_MAX
c906108c
SS
2646Values for host-side constants.
2647
2648@item ISATTY
2649Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2650
2651@item LONGEST
2652This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined,
2653it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on
2654@code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}.
2655
2656@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2657@cindex @code{long long} data type
2658Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2659by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2660
2661@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2662Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2663the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2664@code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2665
2666@item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
56caf160
EZ
2667Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is
2668set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2669
2670@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2671Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point
56caf160
EZ
2672numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is
2673set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2674
2675@item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2676Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double
56caf160
EZ
2677float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier
2678@code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2679
2680@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2681Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2682@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2683is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2684
2685@item L_SET
56caf160
EZ
2686This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly,
2687@code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead,
2688which is the POSIX equivalent.
c906108c 2689
c906108c
SS
2690@item NORETURN
2691If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2692that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2693indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2694if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2695
2696@item ATTR_NORETURN
2697If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2698@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2699of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2700set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2701defined.
2702
c906108c 2703@item SEEK_CUR
9742079a 2704@itemx SEEK_SET
56caf160 2705Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already
c906108c
SS
2706defined.
2707
2708@item STOP_SIGNAL
56caf160
EZ
2709This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to
2710@code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.)
c906108c 2711
c906108c
SS
2712@item USG
2713Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME:
7ca9f392
AC
2714This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and
2715@file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.)
c906108c
SS
2716
2717@item lint
56caf160 2718Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2719
2720@item volatile
2721Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2722@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2723@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2724
2725
2726@node Target Architecture Definition
2727
2728@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2729
56caf160
EZ
2730@cindex target architecture definition
2731@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2732machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2733with them.
c906108c 2734
af6c57ea
AC
2735The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2736@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2737using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2738
b6fd0dfb
NR
2739@menu
2740* OS ABI Variant Handling::
2741* Initialize New Architecture::
2742* Registers and Memory::
2743* Pointers and Addresses::
2744* Address Classes::
2745* Raw and Virtual Registers::
2746* Register and Memory Data::
2747* Frame Interpretation::
2748* Inferior Call Setup::
2749* Compiler Characteristics::
2750* Target Conditionals::
2751* Adding a New Target::
b6fd0dfb
NR
2752@end menu
2753
2754@node OS ABI Variant Handling
70f80edf
JT
2755@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2756@cindex OS ABI variants
2757
2758@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2759ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2760variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2761components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2762
2763A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2764(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2765OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2766to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2767considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2768overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2769architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2770different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2771OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2772examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2773sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2774
2775@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2776A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2777selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2778for each BFD architecture.
2779
f4b3909f 2780The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2781
2782@table @code
2783
f4b3909f
EZ
2784@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2785@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2786Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2787
70f80edf
JT
2788@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2789@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2790The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2791settings for the architecture will be used.
2792
2793@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2794@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2795UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2796
2797@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2798@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2799GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2800
2801@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2802@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2803Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2804
2805@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2806@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2807OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2808
2809@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2810@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2811GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2812
2813@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2814@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2815FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2816
2817@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2818@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2819FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2820
2821@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2822@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2823NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2824
2825@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2826@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2827NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2828
2829@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2830@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2831OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2832
2833@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2834@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2835Windows CE.
70f80edf 2836
1029b7fa
MK
2837@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2838@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2839DJGPP.
1029b7fa 2840
f4b3909f
EZ
2841@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2842@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2843Irix.
2844
f4b3909f
EZ
2845@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2846@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2847Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2848
f4b3909f
EZ
2849@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2850@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2851HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2852
f4b3909f
EZ
2853@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2854@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2855HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2856
f4b3909f
EZ
2857@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2858@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2859QNX Neutrino.
2860
2861@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2862@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2863Cygwin.
2864
2865@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2866@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2867AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2868
2869@end table
2870
2871Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2872
2873@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2874Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2875@end deftypefun
2876
c133ab7a 2877@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2878Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2879architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2880@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2881machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2882will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2883@end deftypefun
2884
2885@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2886Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2887BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2888If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2889be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2890any architecture.
2891@end deftypefun
2892
2893@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2894Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2895The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2896be determined.
2897@end deftypefun
2898
2899@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2900Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2901@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2902corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2903architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2904with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2905@end deftypefun
2906
f4b3909f
EZ
2907@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2908Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2909@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2910from the note. This function should be called via
2911@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2912@end deftypefun
2913
b6fd0dfb 2914@node Initialize New Architecture
7a107747
DJ
2915@section Initializing a New Architecture
2916
2917Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
2918via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} constant. The @code{gdbarch} is
2919registered by a call to @code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from
2920the file's @code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will
2921be automatically called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments
2922are a @sc{bfd} architecture constant and an initialization function.
2923
2924The initialization function has this type:
2925
2926@smallexample
2927static struct gdbarch *
2928@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
2929 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
2930@end smallexample
2931
2932The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
2933architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
2934have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
2935value.
2936
2937The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
2938is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
2939search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
2940return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
2941create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
2942
2943Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
2944architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
2945defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
2946However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
2947so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
2948defaults from @var{arches}.
2949
b6fd0dfb 2950@node Registers and Memory
c906108c
SS
2951@section Registers and Memory
2952
56caf160
EZ
2953@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2954@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2955block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2956
56caf160
EZ
2957@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2958compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2959that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2960to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
4a9bb1df 2961and to reflect that in the @code{gdbarch_register_name} and related functions.
c906108c 2962
25822942 2963@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2964
b6fd0dfb 2965@node Pointers and Addresses
93e79dbd
JB
2966@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2967@cindex pointer representation
2968@cindex address representation
2969@cindex word-addressed machines
2970@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2971@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2972@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2973@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2974@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2975@cindex D10V addresses
2976
2977On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2978indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2979whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2980machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2981However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2982address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2983identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2984
172c2a43 2985For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2986instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2987actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2988jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2989full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2990If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2991then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2992However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2993low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2994zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2995the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2996refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2997code space.
2998
2999However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
3000forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
3001@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
3002@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
3003
3004(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
3005affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
3006going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
3007
56caf160
EZ
3008To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
3009one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
3010byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
3011of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
3012@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
3013@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
3014@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
3015and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
3016
3017Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
3018processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
3019each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
3020distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
3021clean up some architecture-independent code.
3022
3023Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
3024
3025@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
3026Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
3027@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
3028appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
3029@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
3030@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3031inferior's.
3032
3033For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3034extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
3035@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
3036D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
3037@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
3038
3039If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3040will signal an internal error.
3041@end deftypefun
3042
3043@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3044Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
3045pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
3046@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
3047inferior's.
3048
3049For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
3050stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
3051appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
3052is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
3053a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
3054
3055If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
3056will signal an internal error.
3057@end deftypefun
3058
f23631e4 3059@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
3060Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
3061as appropriate for the current architecture.
3062
3063This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
3064For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
3065described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
3066@end deftypefun
3067
3068@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
3069Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
3070the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
3071This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
3072above for @code{store_typed_address}.
3073@end deftypefun
3074
4a9bb1df 3075Here are two functions which architectures can define to indicate the
93e79dbd
JB
3076relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
3077definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 3078simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd 3079
4a9bb1df 3080@deftypefun CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
93e79dbd
JB
3081Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3082appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3083address the pointer refers to.
3084
3085This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3086C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3087@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3088
4a9bb1df 3089@deftypefun void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
93e79dbd
JB
3090Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3091@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3092
3093This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3094C@t{++} reference type.
4a9bb1df 3095@end deftypefun
93e79dbd 3096
b6fd0dfb 3097@node Address Classes
b5b0480a
KB
3098@section Address Classes
3099@cindex address classes
3100@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
3101@cindex DW_AT_address_class
3102
3103Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
3104via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
3105define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
3106distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
3107info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
3108address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
3109following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
3110types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
3111a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
3112
4a9bb1df 3113@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
b5b0480a
KB
3114Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
3115is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
3116This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
3117@file{dwarf2read.c}.
4a9bb1df 3118@end deftypefun
b5b0480a 3119
4a9bb1df 3120@deftypefun char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{type_flags})
b5b0480a
KB
3121Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
3122its name.
4a9bb1df
UW
3123@end deftypefun
3124@deftypefun int gdbarch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (struct gdbarch *@var{current_gdbarch}, int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 3125Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a 3126for that address class qualifier.
4a9bb1df 3127@end deftypefun
b5b0480a
KB
3128
3129Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
4a9bb1df
UW
3130the address class functions are defined by default. Predicate
3131functions are provided to detect when they are defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3132
3133Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
313432-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
3135suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
3136uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
3137of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
4a9bb1df 3138to implement the address class functions:
b5b0480a
KB
3139
3140@smallexample
3141somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
3142 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 3143@{
b5b0480a
KB
3144 if (byte_size == 2)
3145 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3146 else
3147 return 0;
f2abfe65 3148@}
b5b0480a
KB
3149
3150static char *
3151somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 3152@{
b5b0480a
KB
3153 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
3154 return "short";
3155 else
3156 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3157@}
b5b0480a
KB
3158
3159int
3160somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3161 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3162@{
b5b0480a 3163 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3164 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3165 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3166 return 1;
f2abfe65 3167 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3168 else
3169 return 0;
f2abfe65 3170@}
b5b0480a
KB
3171@end smallexample
3172
3173The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
3174to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
3175the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
3176short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
3177
3178@smallexample
3179(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3180type = int * @@short
3181@end smallexample
3182
93e79dbd 3183
b6fd0dfb 3184@node Raw and Virtual Registers
13d01224
AC
3185@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
3186@cindex raw register representation
3187@cindex virtual register representation
3188@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
3189
3190@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
3191functionality described here has largely been replaced by
3192pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target
3193Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
3194Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
3195Bug Tracking Database} and
3196@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
3197up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 3198
9fb4dd36
JB
3199Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
3200register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 3201In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 3202the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 3203used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 3204
13d01224
AC
3205@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
3206both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
3207register forms.}
3208
9fb4dd36
JB
3209For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
3210raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3211However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
3212
3213@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 3214@item
56caf160 3215The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
3216we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
3217floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
3218are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
3219allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
3220type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
3221arrangement is the virtual representation.
3222
3223@item
25822942
DB
3224Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
3225registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
3226bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
3227raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
3228virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
3229@end itemize
3230
3231In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
3232@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
3233can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
3234@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
3235@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 3236
56caf160
EZ
3237Your architecture may define the following macros to request
3238conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
3239
3240@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
3241Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
3242and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
3243
3244You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
3245unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
3246@end deftypefn
3247
12c266ea 3248@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36 3249The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number
25822942 3250of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3251remote protocol packet.
3252@end deftypefn
3253
f30992d4 3254@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3255The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format.
3256This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that
3257register's value.
3258@end deftypefn
3259
2e092625 3260@deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3261This is the type of the virtual representation of register number
3262@var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the
25822942 3263register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3264always uses the virtual form.
3265@end deftypefn
3266
3267@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3268Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3269should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3270at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3271convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3272
6f6ef15a
EZ
3273Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
3274@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3275arguments in different orders.
3276
3277You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
3278for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
3279value.
9fb4dd36
JB
3280@end deftypefn
3281
3282@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3283Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3284should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3285at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3286convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3287
3288Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
3289their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3290@end deftypefn
3291
3292
b6fd0dfb 3293@node Register and Memory Data
13d01224
AC
3294@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
3295@cindex register representation
3296@cindex memory representation
3297@cindex representations, register and memory
3298@cindex register data formats, converting
3299@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3300
3301@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
d3e8051b 3302significant change. Many of the macros and functions referred to in this
13d01224
AC
3303section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
3304@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
3305@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
3306further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
3307
3308Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
3309form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
3310For example:
3311
3312@itemize @bullet
3313
3314@item
3315The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3316floating-point registers.
3317
3318@item
3319The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
3320@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
3321when stored in a register.
3322
3323@end itemize
3324
3325In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3326the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3327the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3328Interface.
3329
3330For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3331representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3332However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
3333following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
3334representations of a data type:
3335
4a9bb1df 3336@deftypefun int gdbarch_convert_register_p (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg})
13d01224
AC
3337Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
3338register may be different to the representation of that same data value
3339when stored in memory.
3340
4a9bb1df
UW
3341When non-zero, the macros @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and
3342@code{value_to_register} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
83acabca
DJ
3343
3344This function should return zero for the register's native type, when
3345no conversion is necessary.
4a9bb1df 3346@end deftypefun
13d01224 3347
4a9bb1df 3348@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_to_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224
AC
3349Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
3350@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
3351format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
3352
4a9bb1df
UW
3353Note that @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and @code{gdbarch_value_to_register}
3354take their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
13d01224 3355
4a9bb1df
UW
3356You should only use @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} with registers for which
3357the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a non-zero value.
3358@end deftypefun
13d01224 3359
4a9bb1df 3360@deftypefun void gdbarch_value_to_register (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
13d01224
AC
3361Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3362raw format.
3363
4a9bb1df
UW
3364Note that @code{gdbarch_register_to_value} and @code{gdbarch_value_to_register}
3365take their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
13d01224 3366
4a9bb1df
UW
3367You should only use @code{gdbarch_value_to_register} with registers for which
3368the @code{gdbarch_convert_register_p} function returns a non-zero value.
3369@end deftypefun
13d01224
AC
3370
3371@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
3372See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want.
3373@end deftypefn
3374
b6fd0dfb 3375@node Frame Interpretation
c906108c
SS
3376@section Frame Interpretation
3377
b6fd0dfb 3378@node Inferior Call Setup
c906108c
SS
3379@section Inferior Call Setup
3380
b6fd0dfb 3381@node Compiler Characteristics
c906108c
SS
3382@section Compiler Characteristics
3383
b6fd0dfb 3384@node Target Conditionals
c906108c
SS
3385@section Target Conditionals
3386
4a9bb1df
UW
3387This section describes the macros and functions that you can use to define the
3388target machine.
c906108c
SS
3389
3390@table @code
3391
4a9bb1df
UW
3392@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
3393@findex gdbarch_addr_bits_remove
adf40b2e 3394If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
4a9bb1df
UW
3395really part of the address, then this function is used to zero those bits in
3396@var{addr}. This is only used for addresses of instructions, and even then not
3397in all contexts.
adf40b2e
JM
3398
3399For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
34002.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
3401instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
3402boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
4a9bb1df
UW
3403address of the instruction. @code{gdbarch_addr_bits_remove} would then for
3404example look like that:
3405@smallexample
3406arch_addr_bits_remove (CORE_ADDR addr)
3407@{
3408 return (addr &= ~0x3);
3409@}
3410@end smallexample
c906108c 3411
4a9bb1df
UW
3412@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
3413@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
3414If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
3415referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
3416and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
3417return 0.
3418
3419The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
3420@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
3421possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
3422@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3423
4a9bb1df
UW
3424@item int address_class_name_to_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
3425@findex address_class_name_to_type_flags_p
3426Predicate which indicates whether @code{address_class_name_to_type_flags}
b5b0480a
KB
3427has been defined.
3428
4a9bb1df
UW
3429@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags (@var{gdbarch}, @var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3430@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags
b5b0480a
KB
3431Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
3432the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
3433used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
3434returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
3435@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
3436values or'd together.
3437@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3438
4a9bb1df
UW
3439@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p (@var{gdbarch})
3440@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p
3441Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_p} has
b5b0480a
KB
3442been defined.
3443
4a9bb1df
UW
3444@item const char *gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type_flags})
3445@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name
b5b0480a
KB
3446Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
3447flags given by @var{type_flags}.
3448
4a9bb1df
UW
3449@item int gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p (@var{gdbarch})
3450@findex gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name_p
3451Predicate which indicates whether @code{gdbarch_address_class_type_flags_to_name} has been defined.
b5b0480a
KB
3452@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3453
4a9bb1df
UW
3454@item void gdbarch_address_to_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
3455@findex gdbarch_address_to_pointer
93e79dbd
JB
3456Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3457@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
4a9bb1df 3458This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3459C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
3460@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3461
4a9bb1df
UW
3462@item int gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion (@var{gdbarch})
3463@findex gdbarch_believe_pcc_promotion
3464Used to notify if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
56caf160
EZ
3465parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
3466original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 3467
32c9a795
MD
3468@item gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch})
3469@findex gdbarch_bits_big_endian
3470This is used if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match
3471the endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 3472are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c 3473
32c9a795
MD
3474@item set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bits_big_endian})
3475@findex set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian
3476Calling set_gdbarch_bits_big_endian with a value of 1 indicates that the
3477bits in the target are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 indicates
3478little-endian.
3479
c906108c 3480@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3481@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3482This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
3483memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
3484instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
3485pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
3486longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
3487
56caf160 3488@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
4a9bb1df 3489@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 3490
c906108c 3491@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
3492@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3493@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3494@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3495Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
3496
56caf160 3497@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
4a9bb1df 3498favor of @code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc}.
7a292a7a 3499
4a9bb1df
UW
3500@item const gdb_byte *gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
3501@findex gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc
3502@anchor{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} Use the program counter to determine the
2dd0da42
AC
3503contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
3504a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
3505length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
3506counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
3507breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
3508
3509Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
3510not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
3511instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
3512instruction of the architecture.
3513
7a292a7a
SS
3514Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
3515
4a9bb1df
UW
3516@item int gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
3517@itemx gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bp_tgt})
3518@findex gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint
3519@findex gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint
917317f4
JM
3520Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
3521(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
3522@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
4a9bb1df
UW
3523provided so that it is not necessary to set these for most
3524architectures. Architectures which may want to set
3525@code{gdbarch_memory_insert_breakpoint} and @code{gdbarch_memory_remove_breakpoint} will likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
917317f4
JM
3526conventional manner.
3527
3528It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3529custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
4a9bb1df 3530@code{gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3531reason.
3532
4a9bb1df
UW
3533@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{bpaddr})
3534@findex gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address
1485d690
KB
3535@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3536Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3537address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3538breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3539
3540The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3541The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3542instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3543instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3544one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3545in parallel.
3546
3547In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3548from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3549information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3550refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3551if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3552statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3553instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3554(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3555in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3556at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3557
4a9bb1df 3558The FR-V's @code{gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address} method will adjust a
1485d690
KB
3559breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3560the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3561
3562Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3563expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3564is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3565
4a9bb1df
UW
3566@item int gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})
3567@findex gdbarch_call_dummy_location
56caf160 3568See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3569
4a9bb1df
UW
3570This method has been replaced by @code{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}
3571(@pxref{gdbarch_push_dummy_code}).
7043d8dc 3572
4a9bb1df
UW
3573@item int gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regum})
3574@findex gdbarch_cannot_fetch_register
3575This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
c906108c
SS
3576from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3577@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3578
4a9bb1df
UW
3579@item int gdbarch_cannot_store_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum})
3580@findex gdbarch_cannot_store_register
3581This function should return nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
c906108c 3582written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
4a9bb1df
UW
3583status words, and other special registers. This function returns 0 as
3584default so that @value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3585
4a9bb1df
UW
3586@item int gdbarch_convert_register_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type})
3587@findex gdbarch_convert_register_p
83acabca
DJ
3588Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} represents data values of type
3589@var{type} in a non-standard form.
13d01224
AC
3590@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3591
4a9bb1df
UW
3592@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break (@var{gdbarch})
3593@findex gdbarch_decr_pc_after_break
3594This function shall return the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
c906108c 3595program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3596@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3597
56caf160
EZ
3598@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3599@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3600If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3601library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3602
5fc14d0a 3603@item void gdbarch_print_float_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{file}, @var{frame}, @var{args})
4a9bb1df 3604@findex gdbarch_print_float_info
5e74b15c
RE
3605If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3606the processor's floating point unit.
3607
4a9bb1df
UW
3608@item void gdbarch_print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3609@findex gdbarch_print_registers_info
0ab7a791
AC
3610If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3611specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3612either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3613registers (@var{all} is zero).
3614
3615The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3616zero omits floating-point registers.
3617
4a9bb1df
UW
3618@item int gdbarch_print_vector_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{file}, @var{frame}, @var{args})
3619@findex gdbarch_print_vector_info
e76f1f2e
AC
3620If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3621to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3622
3623By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3624registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3625
4a9bb1df
UW
3626@item int gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{dwarf2_regnr})
3627@findex gdbarch_dwarf2_reg_to_regnum
3628Convert DWARF2 register number @var{dwarf2_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum.
3629If not defined, no conversion will be performed.
0dcedd82 3630
4a9bb1df
UW
3631@item int gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ecoff_regnr})
3632@findex gdbarch_ecoff_reg_to_regnum
3633Convert ECOFF register number @var{ecoff_regnr} into @value{GDBN} regnum. If
3634not defined, no conversion will be performed.
c906108c 3635
0ba6dca9
AC
3636@item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
3637@findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
cce74817
JM
3638If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this
3639macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3640
0ba6dca9
AC
3641This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP}
3642is not defined.
c906108c 3643
19772a2c
AC
3644@item DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi})
3645@findex DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION
392a587b
JM
3646Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation
3647represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it.
3648Otherwise return 0.
c906108c 3649
4a9bb1df 3650@item CORE_ADDR frame_align (@var{gdbarch}, @var{address})
790eb8f5
AC
3651@anchor{frame_align}
3652@findex frame_align
3653Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3654requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3655alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
5fc14d0a 3656stack alignment requirements.
790eb8f5
AC
3657
3658This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3659the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3660value are correctly aligned.
3661
5fc14d0a
EZ
3662This function always adjusts the address in the direction of stack
3663growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3664
3665By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3666
4a9bb1df
UW
3667@item int gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size (@var{gdbarch})
3668@findex gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size
8b148df9
AC
3669The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3670@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3671allocating extra stack space).
3672
3673When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3674modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
4a9bb1df 3675@var{gdbarch_frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
8b148df9
AC
3676stack.
3677
3678By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3679(@pxref{frame_align}).
3680
3681The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3682@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3683@cindex red zone
3684
618ce49f
AC
3685@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame})
3686@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN
c906108c
SS
3687Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame.
3688
618ce49f
AC
3689@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe})
3690@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID
95f90d25
DJ
3691Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an
3692outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal
3693situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL}
3694chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the
3695startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside
3696@code{_start}.
c906108c 3697
f30ee0bc
AC
3698@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame})
3699@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS
c906108c
SS
3700See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the
3701current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for
3702@code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by
f30ee0bc
AC
3703@code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using
3704@code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}.
c906108c 3705
fb8f8949 3706@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3707
4a9bb1df
UW
3708@item int gdbarch_frame_num_args (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
3709@findex gdbarch_frame_num_args
3710For the frame described by @var{frame} return the number of arguments that
392a587b
JM
3711are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3712@code{-1}.
c906108c 3713
8bedc050
AC
3714@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame})
3715@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC
3716@anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc
3717saved there. This is the return address.
12cc2063 3718
4a9bb1df 3719This method is deprecated. @xref{gdbarch_unwind_pc}.
12cc2063 3720
4a9bb1df
UW
3721@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_unwind_pc (@var{next_frame})
3722@findex gdbarch_unwind_pc
3723@anchor{gdbarch_unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in
3724@var{next_frame}'s caller, at which execution will resume after
3725@var{next_frame} returns. This is commonly referred to as the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3726
3727The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3728is typically no more than:
3729
3730@smallexample
3731ULONGEST pc;
11411de3 3732pc = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, S390_PC_REGNUM);
4a9bb1df 3733return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, pc);
12cc2063
AC
3734@end smallexample
3735
3736@noindent
8bedc050 3737@xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces.
c906108c 3738
4a9bb1df
UW
3739@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_unwind_sp (@var{gdbarch}, @var{next_frame})
3740@findex gdbarch_unwind_sp
3741@anchor{gdbarch_unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
d3e8051b 3742commonly referred to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
a9e5fdc2
AC
3743
3744The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3745is typically no more than:
3746
3747@smallexample
3748ULONGEST sp;
11411de3 3749sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, S390_SP_REGNUM);
4a9bb1df 3750return gdbarch_addr_bits_remove (gdbarch, sp);
a9e5fdc2
AC
3751@end smallexample
3752
3753@noindent
3754@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3755
c906108c 3756@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
56caf160 3757@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
c906108c
SS
3758For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the
3759function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define
3760@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a
3761function's epilogue.
3762
782263ab
AC
3763@item DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
3764@findex DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
f7cb2b90
JB
3765An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as
3766used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the
3767function's first genuine instruction.
3768
3769This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually
782263ab
AC
3770the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for
3771example, each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask
3772indicating which registers to save upon entry to the function. The
3773VAX @code{call} instructions check this value, and save the
3774appropriate registers automatically. Thus, since the offset from the
3775function's address to its first instruction is two bytes,
3776@code{DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would be 2 on the VAX.
f7cb2b90 3777
c906108c 3778@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3779@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3780@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3781@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3782If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3783look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3784are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3785respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3786
4a9bb1df
UW
3787@item gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
3788@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
c906108c
SS
3789For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
3790DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
937f164b 3791the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 3792
56caf160
EZ
3793This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
3794assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a
3795@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
3796pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
3797
268e2188
AC
3798@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3799@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3800Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3801conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
56caf160 3802feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3803repenting at leisure.
3804
9742079a
EZ
3805@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3806An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3807support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3808
4a9bb1df
UW
3809@item int gdbarch_inner_than (@var{gdbarch}, @var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3810@findex gdbarch_inner_than
c906108c 3811Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
4a9bb1df
UW
3812stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Let the function return
3813@w{@code{lhs < rhs}} if the target's stack grows downward in memory, or
3814@w{@code{lhs > rsh}} if the stack grows upward.
c906108c 3815
4a9bb1df 3816@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{addr})
9e5abb06 3817@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
4a9bb1df 3818Returns non-zero if the given @var{addr} is in the epilogue of a function.
9e5abb06
CV
3819The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3820the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3821final `return from function call' instruction.
3822
4a9bb1df
UW
3823@item int gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{name})
3824@findex gdbarch_in_solib_return_trampoline
3825Define this function to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
c906108c
SS
3826trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3827
56caf160
EZ
3828@item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc})
3829@findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE
4a9bb1df 3830Define this to return nonzero if the program is stopped in the
d4f3574e
SS
3831dynamic linker.
3832
56caf160
EZ
3833@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3834@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3835Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3836should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3837function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3838to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3839stepping will suffice.
3840
4a9bb1df
UW
3841@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_integer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
3842@findex gdbarch_integer_to_address
fc0c74b1
AC
3843@cindex converting integers to addresses
3844Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3845conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3846the current architectures conventions.
3847
3848@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3849their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3850@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3851computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3852major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3853other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3854conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3855out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3856to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3857disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
4a9bb1df 3858method like @code{gdbarch_integer_to_address} certainly makes it possible for
fc0c74b1
AC
3859@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3860
3861@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3862Addresses}.
3863
4a9bb1df
UW
3864@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_pointer_to_address (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
3865@findex gdbarch_pointer_to_address
93e79dbd
JB
3866Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3867appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3868address the pointer refers to.
3869@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3870
4a9bb1df
UW
3871@item void gdbarch_register_to_value(@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{fur})
3872@findex gdbarch_register_to_value
13d01224
AC
3873Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3874@var{type}.
4281a42e 3875@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3876
617073a9
AC
3877@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3878@findex register_reggroup_p
3879@cindex register groups
3880Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3881group @var{reggroup}.
3882
3883By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3884
3885@table @code
3886@item float_reggroup
3887Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3888@item vector_reggroup
3889Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3890@item general_reggroup
3891Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3892floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3893@item save_reggroup
3894@itemx restore_reggroup
3895@itemx all_reggroup
3896Any register with a valid name.
3897@end table
3898
f30992d4
AC
3899@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg})
3900@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3901Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the
3902register's virtual type.
13d01224
AC
3903Return the virtual size of @var{reg}.
3904@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3905
2e092625 3906@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3907@findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE
9fb4dd36 3908Return the virtual type of @var{reg}.
13d01224 3909@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3910
77e7e267
AC
3911@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3912@findex register_type
3913If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function
d3e8051b 3914supersedes @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture
77e7e267
AC
3915Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3916
9fb4dd36 3917@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3918@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3919Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3920form.
13d01224 3921@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3922
3923@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3924@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3925Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3926form.
13d01224 3927@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3928
0ab4b752
MK
3929@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3930@findex regset_from_core_section
3931Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3932@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3933
b0ed3589 3934@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3935@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3936Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3937mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3938
d3e8051b 3939@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
3940@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3941A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 3942@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3943the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3944for examples.
3945
e35879db
UW
3946@item set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing (@var{gdbarch}, @var{set})
3947@findex set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing
3948Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3949debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3950them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3951address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3952linking faster.
3953
3954Calling @code{set_gdbarch_sofun_address_maybe_missing} with a non-zero
3955argument @var{set} indicates that a particular set of hacks of this sort
3956are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN} entries in stabs-format
3957debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark the beginning and ending
3958addresses of compilation units in the text segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs
3959mark the starts and ends of functions.
3960
3961In this case, @value{GDBN} assumes two things:
3962
3963@itemize @bullet
3964@item
3965@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead of using those
3966addresses, you should find the address where the function starts by
3967taking the function name from the stab, and then looking that up in the
3968minsyms (the linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab
3969has the name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place
3970that carries the address.
3971
3972@item
3973@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3974@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab, and
3975guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from them.
3976@end itemize
3977
4a9bb1df
UW
3978@item int gdbarch_pc_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
3979@findex gdbarch_pc_regnum
3980If the program counter is kept in a register, then let this function return
3981the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
c906108c 3982
4a9bb1df
UW
3983This should only need to be defined if @code{gdbarch_read_pc} and
3984@code{gdbarch_write_pc} are not defined.
2df3850c 3985
4a9bb1df
UW
3986@item int gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3987@findex gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr
4a9bb1df
UW
3988@anchor{gdbarch_stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this function to return
3989nonzero if a function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference
3990instead of value.
a38c9fe6 3991
c906108c 3992@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3993@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3994A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3995
4a9bb1df
UW
3996@item gdbarch_ps_regnum (@var{gdbarch}
3997@findex gdbarch_ps_regnum
3998If defined, this function returns the number of the processor status
3999register.
4000(This definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
c906108c 4001
4a9bb1df
UW
4002@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
4003@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_call
b81774d8 4004@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS.
4a9bb1df
UW
4005@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
4006the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing @var{nargs}, the
4007code should push @var{struct_addr} (when @var{struct_return} is non-zero), and
4008the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 4009
86fe4aaa 4010@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
4011function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
4012
b24da7d0 4013Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8
AC
4014
4015This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}.
4016
4a9bb1df
UW
4017@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr}, @var{regcache})
4018@findex gdbarch_push_dummy_code
4019@anchor{gdbarch_push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
7043d8dc
AC
4020instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
4021called function should return.
4022
4023Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
4024should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
4025the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
4026
4027By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
4028(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
4029reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
4030
4a9bb1df 4031This method replaces @w{@code{gdbarch_call_dummy_location (@var{gdbarch})}} and
28954179 4032@code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}.
7043d8dc 4033
4a9bb1df
UW
4034@item const char *gdbarch_register_name (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnr})
4035@findex gdbarch_register_name
4036Return the name of register @var{regnr} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
4037to indicate that @var{regnr} is not a valid register.
c906108c 4038
4a9bb1df
UW
4039@item int gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sdb_regnr})
4040@findex gdbarch_sdb_reg_to_regnum
4041Use this function to convert sdb register @var{sdb_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4042regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
c906108c 4043
963e2bb7 4044@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
4045@findex gdbarch_return_value
4046@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
4047type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
4048would use.
4049
4050@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
4051@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
4052in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
4053value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
4054passed in as the function's first parameter.
4055
963e2bb7
AC
4056If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
4057non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
4058@var{regcache}.
4059
963e2bb7 4060If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4061non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4062@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4063just returned function).
4064
92ad9cd9
AC
4065@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4066store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4067the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4068@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4069instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4070return-value extract and store.}
4071
4072@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4073parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4074that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4075then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 4076@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
4077
4078@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4079to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4080@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4081limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4082
4a9bb1df
UW
4083@item void gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4084@findex gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint
25822942 4085Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4086steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4087re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4088hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
4a9bb1df
UW
4089doesn't work. Calling @code{gdbarch_skip_permanent_breakpoint} adjusts the
4090processor's state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint.
4091This function does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
c2c6d25f
JM
4092of a branch or jump.
4093
4a9bb1df
UW
4094@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_prologue (@var{gdbarch}, @var{ip})
4095@findex gdbarch_skip_prologue
4096A function that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
4097function entry prologue found at @var{ip}.
c906108c 4098
4a9bb1df
UW
4099@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{pc})
4100@findex gdbarch_skip_trampoline_code
c906108c 4101If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4a9bb1df 4102the functions being called, then define this function to return a new PC
c906108c
SS
4103that is at the start of the real function.
4104
4a9bb1df
UW
4105@item int gdbarch_sp_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4106@findex gdbarch_sp_regnum
4107If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then use this function to return
6c0e89ed
AC
4108the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
4109there is no such register.
c906108c 4110
4a9bb1df
UW
4111@item int gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum (@var{gdbarch}, @var{stab_regnr})
4112@findex gdbarch_stab_reg_to_regnum
4113Use this function to convert stab register @var{stab_regnr} into @value{GDBN}
4114regnum. If not defined, no conversion will be done.
4115
c906108c 4116@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4117@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4118The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4119current sources.)
4120
c906108c 4121@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4122@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4123Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4124
4a9bb1df
UW
4125@item int gdbarch_char_signed (@var{gdbarch})
4126@findex gdbarch_char_signed
c3d3ce5b
JB
4127Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4128it should be unsigned.
4129
4130The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4131equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4132character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4133Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4134on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4135
4a9bb1df
UW
4136@item int gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4137@findex gdbarch_double_bit
4138Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @w{@code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4139
4a9bb1df
UW
4140@item int gdbarch_float_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4141@findex gdbarch_float_bit
4142Number of bits in a float; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
ac9a91a7 4143
4a9bb1df
UW
4144@item int gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4145@findex gdbarch_int_bit
4146Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4147
4a9bb1df
UW
4148@item int gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4149@findex gdbarch_long_bit
4150Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @w{@code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
c906108c 4151
4a9bb1df
UW
4152@item int gdbarch_long_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4153@findex gdbarch_long_double_bit
c906108c 4154Number of bits in a long double float;
4a9bb1df
UW
4155defaults to @w{@code{2 * gdbarch_double_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4156
4157@item int gdbarch_long_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4158@findex gdbarch_long_long_bit
4159Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to
4160@w{@code{2 * gdbarch_long_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4161
4162@item int gdbarch_ptr_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4163@findex gdbarch_ptr_bit
4164Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to
4165@w{@code{gdbarch_int_bit (@var{gdbarch})}}.
4166
4167@item int gdbarch_short_bit (@var{gdbarch})
4168@findex gdbarch_short_bit
4169Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @w{@code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}}.
4170
4171@item CORE_ADDR gdbarch_read_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache})
4172@findex gdbarch_read_pc
4173@itemx gdbarch_write_pc (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regcache}, @var{val})
4174@findex gdbarch_write_pc
4175@anchor{gdbarch_write_pc}
56caf160
EZ
4176@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
4177@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
4178@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
4179@findex TARGET_READ_FP
4a9bb1df
UW
4180@findex gdbarch_read_pc
4181@findex gdbarch_write_pc
56caf160 4182@findex read_sp
56caf160 4183@findex read_fp
4a9bb1df
UW
4184@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{gdbarch_read_pc},
4185@code{gdbarch_write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
4186left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
4187functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c 4188
4a9bb1df
UW
4189These macros and functions are useful when a target keeps one of these
4190registers in a hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register
4191and part in an ordinary register.
c906108c 4192
4a9bb1df 4193@xref{gdbarch_unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
a9e5fdc2 4194
4a9bb1df
UW
4195@item void gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc}, @var{frame_regnum}, @var{frame_offset})
4196@findex gdbarch_virtual_frame_pointer
0ba6dca9
AC
4197Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame
4198pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers
4199are not used, a default definition simply returns
4200@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero.
c906108c 4201
9742079a
EZ
4202@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4203If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4204watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4205other related macros.
4206
4a9bb1df
UW
4207@item int gdbarch_print_insn (@var{gdbarch}, @var{vma}, @var{info})
4208@findex gdbarch_print_insn
7ccaa899 4209This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4a9bb1df 4210instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{vma} in
7ccaa899
EZ
4211debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If
4212a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an
d7a27068
AC
4213accessor function for the global pointer
4214@code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in
4215the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}).
4216@var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in
4217@file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction
4218decoding routine.
7ccaa899 4219
669fac23
DJ
4220@item frame_id gdbarch_dummy_id (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame})
4221@findex gdbarch_dummy_id
4222@anchor{gdbarch_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @w{@code{struct
4a9bb1df 4223frame_id}} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0 4224frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
669fac23 4225previously saved by @code{call_function_by_hand}.
6314f104 4226
b5622e8d
AC
4227@item DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
4228@findex DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION
c906108c
SS
4229If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the
4230given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space
4231allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function
4232being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful
4233for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than
4234other compilers.
4235
92ad9cd9
AC
4236This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
4237(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4238
4a9bb1df
UW
4239@item void gdbarch_value_to_register (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{type}, @var{buf})
4240@findex gdbarch_value_to_register
4241Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of a register.
13d01224
AC
4242@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4243
c906108c
SS
4244@end table
4245
4246Motorola M68K target conditionals.
4247
56caf160 4248@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
4249@item BPT_VECTOR
4250Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
4251not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
4252
4253@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
4254Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1 4255
4a9bb1df
UW
4256@item const char *gdbarch_name_of_malloc (@var{gdbarch})
4257@findex gdbarch_name_of_malloc
a23a7bf1
JB
4258A string containing the name of the function to call in order to
4259allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc".
4260
56caf160 4261@end ftable
c906108c 4262
b6fd0dfb 4263@node Adding a New Target
c906108c
SS
4264@section Adding a New Target
4265
56caf160 4266@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 4267The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
4268
4269@table @file
56caf160 4270@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
4271@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
4272Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
4273object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
104c1213
JM
4274@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies
4275the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE=
4276tm-@var{ttt}.h}.
4277
4278You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS},
4279but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in
25822942 4280future versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4281
c906108c
SS
4282@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
4283Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
4284some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in
4285@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented
4286as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the
4287function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand
4288and debug.
4289
af6c57ea
AC
4290@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
4291@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
4292This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
4293processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
4294@file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use
4295the same processor.
4296
4297@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h
4298(@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains
4299macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame
4300format and instructions.
4301
4302New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4303
c906108c
SS
4304@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h
4305This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
56caf160 4306processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
c906108c
SS
4307@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the
4308same processor.
4309
af6c57ea
AC
4310New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4311
c906108c
SS
4312@end table
4313
4314If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a
4315@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system
4316facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint
56caf160 4317instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h}
c906108c
SS
4318that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and
4319@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}.
4320
123dc839
DJ
4321@node Target Descriptions
4322@chapter Target Descriptions
4323@cindex target descriptions
4324
4325The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
4326contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
4327some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
4328instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
4329@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
4330more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
4331directly.
4332
4333For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
4334target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
4335Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
4336topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
4337
4338@menu
4339* Target Descriptions Implementation::
4340* Adding Target Described Register Support::
4341@end menu
4342
4343@node Target Descriptions Implementation
4344@section Target Descriptions Implementation
4345@cindex target descriptions, implementation
4346
4347Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
4348an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
4349reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
4350new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
4351
4352A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
4353@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
4354@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
4355the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
435664-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
4357
4358If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
4359incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
4360@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
4361architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
4362new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
4363a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
4364of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
4365properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
4366see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
4367
4368@node Adding Target Described Register Support
4369@section Adding Target Described Register Support
4370@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
4371
4372Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
4373instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
4374specific routines to support this.
4375
4376A target description must either have no registers or a complete
4377set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
4378with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
4379responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
4380everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
4381mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
4382standard registers.
4383
4384If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
4385registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
4386
4387@itemize @bullet
4388
4389@item
4390Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
4391searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
4392
4393@item
4394Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
4395
4396@item
4397Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
4398to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
4399
4400@item
4401Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
4402feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
4403the description was incomplete.
4404
4405@item
4406Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
4407is called.
4408
4409@item
4410Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
4411fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
4412
4413@item
4414Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
4415returning it.
4416
4417@end itemize
4418
4419After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
4420@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
4421routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
4422the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
4423for any additional registers in the description.
4424
4425Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
4426
4427@itemize @bullet
4428
4429@item
4430Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
4431constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
4432as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
4433pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
4434which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
4435can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
4436@code{num_regs} instead.
4437
4438@item
4439The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
4440architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
4441@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
4442@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
4443describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
4444internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
4445gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
4446
4447@end itemize
4448
4449
c906108c
SS
4450@node Target Vector Definition
4451
4452@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4453@cindex target vector
c906108c 4454
56caf160
EZ
4455The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4456abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4457actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4458@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4459each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 4460
52bb452f
DJ
4461@menu
4462* Managing Execution State::
4463* Existing Targets::
4464@end menu
4465
4466@node Managing Execution State
4467@section Managing Execution State
4468@cindex execution state
4469
4470A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
4471stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
4472manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
4473inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 4474active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
4475when the target has exited or not yet started.
4476
4477For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
4478not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
4479accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
4480program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
4481remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
4482are directed to the simulator.
4483
4484A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
4485onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
4486@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
4487@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
4488
4489A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
4490still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
4491@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
4492call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
4493in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
4494after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
4495time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
4496@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
4497@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
4498@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
4499@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
4500target to inactive state.
4501
4502@node Existing Targets
4503@section Existing Targets
4504@cindex targets
4505
4506@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
4507
4508Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4509
52bb452f 4510@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 4511
56caf160
EZ
4512@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4513that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4514@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
4515systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}.
c906108c 4516
56caf160
EZ
4517The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4518your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4519SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4520program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4521
4522The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4523@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4524
4525@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4526@item
4527%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4528
56caf160
EZ
4529@item
4530traps are disabled;
c906108c 4531
56caf160
EZ
4532@item
4533you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4534@end enumerate
4535
4536As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4537is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4538The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4539hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4540which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4541set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4542first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4543
4544For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4545``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4546and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4547controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4548trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4549do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4550of the debugger/stub.
4551
4552From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4553They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4554
52bb452f 4555@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 4556
52bb452f 4557@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 4558
52bb452f 4559@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 4560
52bb452f 4561@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
4562
4563
4564@node Native Debugging
4565
4566@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4567@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4568
25822942 4569Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4570
4571@table @file
56caf160 4572@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4573@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4574Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4575machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4576native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4577Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4578@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4579define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
4580@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
4581
7fd60527
AC
4582@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4583originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4584on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4585purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4586eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4587suffix.}
4588
c906108c 4589@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4590(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4591macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4592child process control and core file support.
4593
4594@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4595Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4596this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4597@end table
4598
4599There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4600various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4601defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4602the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4603@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4604
4605Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4606to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4607Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4608into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4609
4610@table @file
c906108c
SS
4611@item inftarg.c
4612This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4613processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4614
4615@item procfs.c
4616This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4617processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4618
4619@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4620This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4621and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4622
4623@item infptrace.c
4624This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4625the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4626@end table
4627
4628@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4629@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4630
4631@table @file
56caf160 4632@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4633@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4634Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4635@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4636files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4637just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4638@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4639
4640@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4641If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4642@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4643set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4644register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4645``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4646@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4647use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4648you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4649to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4650@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4651the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4652@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4653@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4654implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4655@end table
4656
25822942 4657When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4658possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4659code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4660@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4661machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4662(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4663@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
c1468174 4664exists on a core file (e.g., the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
56caf160 4665modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4666section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4667segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4668information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
c1468174 4669sets of registers (e.g., integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
c906108c
SS
4670section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4671standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4672around in.
4673
25822942 4674Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4675@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4676@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4677It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4678its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4679segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4680register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4681
4682If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4683format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4684reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4685
4686@section ptrace
4687
4688@section /proc
4689
4690@section win32
4691
4692@section shared libraries
4693
4694@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4695@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4696
56caf160
EZ
4697When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4698defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4699target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4700undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4701
1f6d4158
AC
4702@table @code
4703
c906108c 4704@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4705@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4706If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4707define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4708a read from the child.
4709
4710[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4711currently.]
4712
4713@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4714@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4715Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4716@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4717@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4718@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4719routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4720
4a9bb1df
UW
4721@item int gdbarch_fp0_regnum (@var{gdbarch})
4722@findex gdbarch_fp0_regnum
4723This functions normally returns the number of the first floating
c906108c 4724point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4725appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4726to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4727
4a9bb1df
UW
4728@item int gdbarch_get_longjmp_target (@var{gdbarch})
4729@findex gdbarch_get_longjmp_target
c906108c
SS
4730For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
4731DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
56caf160 4732@file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 4733
4a9bb1df 4734This function determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4735assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4736@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4737pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4738
9742079a
EZ
4739@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4740An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4741support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4742
c906108c 4743@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4744@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4745Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4746user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4747
4748@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4749@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4750Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4751defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4752definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4753
990f9fe3 4754@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4755@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4756Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4757@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4758@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4759processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4760
4761@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4762@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4763Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4764want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4765
4766@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4767@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4768When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4769twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4770the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4771number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4772expand into the number expected.
4773
c906108c
SS
4774@end table
4775
c906108c
SS
4776@node Support Libraries
4777
4778@chapter Support Libraries
4779
4780@section BFD
56caf160 4781@cindex BFD library
c906108c 4782
25822942 4783BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
4784
4785@table @emph
c906108c
SS
4786@item identifying executable and core files
4787BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
4788several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
4789
4790@item access to sections of files
4791BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
4792sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
4793(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
4794calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
4795length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
4796
4797@item specialized core file support
4798BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
4799core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 4800file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
4801file.
4802
4803@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
4804@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
4805symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 4806handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 4807symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 4808string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
4809@end table
4810
4811@section opcodes
56caf160 4812@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 4813
25822942 4814The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
4815library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
4816
4817@section readline
86f04699
EZ
4818@cindex readline library
4819The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
4820that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
4821
4822@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
4823@cindex @code{libiberty} library
4824
4825The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
4826that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
4827systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
4828groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
4829environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
4830a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
4831functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
4832beyond standard functions).
4833
4834@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
4835library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
4836floating format support functions, the input options parser
4837@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
4838
4839@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
4840@cindex @code{obstacks}
4841
4842The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
4843chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
4844like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
4845allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 4846@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
4847@code{obstacks}).
4848
4849The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
4850object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
4851representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
4852these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
4853symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
4854fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 4855offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
4856string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
4857information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
4858unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
4859various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
4860names of types.
4861
4862An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
4863that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 4864various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
4865once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
4866function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
4867deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
4868start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
4869@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
4870obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
4871happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
4872is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
4873obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
4874@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
4875else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
4876use temporary @code{obstacks}.
4877
4878Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
4879under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
4880longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
4881when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
4882new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
4883
4884@section gnu-regex
56caf160 4885@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
4886
4887Regex conditionals.
4888
4889@table @code
c906108c
SS
4890@item C_ALLOCA
4891
4892@item NFAILURES
4893
4894@item RE_NREGS
4895
4896@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
4897
4898@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
4899
4900@item SYNTAX_TABLE
4901
4902@item Sword
4903
4904@item sparc
c906108c
SS
4905@end table
4906
350da6ee
DJ
4907@section Array Containers
4908@cindex Array Containers
4909@cindex VEC
4910
4911Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
4912objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 4913and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
4914and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
4915inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
4916Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
4917
4918An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
4919The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
4920the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
4921bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
4922accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
4923but implemented in C.
4924
4925Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
4926and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
4927these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
4928pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
4929stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
4930dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
4931object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
4932elements are returned by value.
4933
4934There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
4935returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
4936variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
4937the address-of can be optimized away.
4938
4939The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
4940are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
4941itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
4942--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
4943field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
4944use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
4945such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
4946the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
4947(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
4948@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
4949minimal space in the structure containing them.
4950
4951Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
4952available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
4953that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
4954(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
4955needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
4956If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
4957to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
4958@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
4959elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
4960too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
4961but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
4962is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
4963can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
4964
4965You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
4966remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
4967in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
4968operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
4969There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
4970ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
4971@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
4972into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
4973@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
4974the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
4975
4976If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
4977accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
4978@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
4979vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
4980
4981Vector types are defined using a
4982@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
4983type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
4984characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
4985@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
4986(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
4987awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
4988check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
4989@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
4990that is not possible in plain C.
4991
4992An example of their use would be,
4993
4994@smallexample
4995DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
4996
4997struct my_struct @{
4998 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
4999@};
5000
5001struct my_struct *s;
5002
5003if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
5004VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
5005for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
5006 @{ do something with elt @}
5007
5008@end smallexample
5009
5010The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
5011accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
5012
5013@table @code
5014@item VEC_length
5015Return the number of items in the array,
5016
5017@item VEC_empty
5018Return true if the array has no elements.
5019
5020@item VEC_last
5021@itemx VEC_index
5022Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
5023
5024@item VEC_iterate
5025Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
5026traversed.
5027
5028@item VEC_alloc
5029@itemx VEC_free
5030Create and destroy an array.
5031
5032@item VEC_embedded_size
5033@itemx VEC_embedded_init
5034Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
5035
5036@item VEC_copy
5037Duplicate an array.
5038
5039@item VEC_space
5040Return the amount of free space in an array.
5041
5042@item VEC_reserve
5043Ensure a certain amount of free space.
5044
5045@item VEC_quick_push
5046@itemx VEC_safe_push
5047Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
5048sure that it is.
5049
5050@item VEC_pop
5051Remove the last item from an array.
5052
5053@item VEC_truncate
5054Remove several items from the end of an array.
5055
5056@item VEC_safe_grow
5057Add several items to the end of an array.
5058
5059@item VEC_replace
5060Overwrite an item in the array.
5061
5062@item VEC_quick_insert
5063@itemx VEC_safe_insert
5064Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
5065already exist, or the space is created.
5066
5067@item VEC_ordered_remove
5068@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
5069Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
5070
5071@item VEC_block_remove
5072Remove a set of items from the array.
5073
5074@item VEC_address
5075Provide the address of the first element.
5076
5077@item VEC_lower_bound
5078Binary search the array.
5079
5080@end table
5081
c906108c
SS
5082@section include
5083
5084@node Coding
5085
5086@chapter Coding
5087
5088This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 5089algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
5090
5091@section Cleanups
56caf160 5092@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
5093
5094Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 5095later.
c906108c 5096
cc1cb004
AC
5097When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
5098@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
5099the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
5100cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
5101and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
5102is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
5103cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
5104created.
c906108c
SS
5105
5106Syntax:
5107
5108@table @code
c906108c
SS
5109@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
5110Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
5111
56caf160 5112@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
5113@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
5114Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
5115@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
5116handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
5117@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
5118@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
5119from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 5120
56caf160 5121@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 5122@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
5123Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
5124@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
5125
5126@findex discard_cleanups
5127@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5128Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5129the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5130@end table
5131
5132Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5133@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5134later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5135performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5136
474c8240 5137@smallexample
c906108c 5138make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5139@{
5140 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5141 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5142 ...
5143 do_cleanups (old);
5144@}
474c8240 5145@end smallexample
56caf160 5146
c906108c 5147@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5148will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5149cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5150be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5151
5152Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5153Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5154will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5155to two common cleanup styles.
5156
5157The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5158@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5159code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5160code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5161called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5162@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5163
474c8240 5164@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5165struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5166data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5167make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5168... blah blah ...
5169do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5170@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5171
5172The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5173@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5174any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5175code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5176an error:
5177
474c8240 5178@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5179FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5180struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5181... blah blah ...
5182discard_cleanups (old);
5183return file;
474c8240 5184@end smallexample
c906108c 5185
c1468174 5186Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5187that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5188means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5189interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5190functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5191@samp{longjmp} instead).
5192
ba8c9337
AC
5193@section Per-architecture module data
5194@cindex per-architecture module data
5195@cindex multi-arch data
5196@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5197
fc989b7a
AC
5198The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5199specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5200architecture object.
5201
5202A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5203
5204@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
5205@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5206per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5207in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5208architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5209and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
5210@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5211
fc989b7a
AC
5212@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
5213@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5214per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5215always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5216initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5217per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5218other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5219create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
5220@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5221
fc989b7a
AC
5222These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5223identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5224
fc989b7a 5225The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5226
fc989b7a
AC
5227@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
5228Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5229@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5230or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5231current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5232pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5233corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
5234@end deftypefun
5235
fc989b7a 5236The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5237
5238@smallexample
e7f16015 5239struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5240static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5241@end smallexample
5242
fc989b7a
AC
5243A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5244per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5245per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5246creation.
ba8c9337 5247
fc989b7a
AC
5248In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5249architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5250from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5251
5252@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5253static void *
5254nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5255@{
fc989b7a
AC
5256 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5257 return data;
5258@}
ba8c9337
AC
5259@end smallexample
5260
ba8c9337 5261@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5262extern void
5263set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5264@{
ba8c9337 5265 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5266 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5267@}
5268@end smallexample
5269
fc989b7a
AC
5270A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
5271using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5272
fc989b7a
AC
5273In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5274@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5275architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5276
5277@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5278static void *
5279nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5280@{
fc989b7a
AC
5281 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5282 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5283 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5284@}
5285@end smallexample
5286
5287@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5288extern int
5289nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5290@{
fc989b7a
AC
5291 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5292 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5293@}
5294@end smallexample
5295
c906108c 5296@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5297@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5298
56caf160 5299@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5300Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5301or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5302added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5303routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5304exceeded.
5305
5306The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5307printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5308away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5309@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5310@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5311return!
5312
56caf160 5313It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
5314space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
5315indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
5316the line wraps there.
5317
5318Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
5319finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 5320to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
5321print warnings are a good example.
5322
25822942 5323@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 5324@cindex coding standards
c906108c 5325
25822942 5326@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 5327@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
5328FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
5329of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
5330but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 5331
56caf160
EZ
5332@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
5333@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 5334
af6c57ea 5335
b9aa90c9 5336@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 5337
b9aa90c9
AC
5338@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
5339compiler.
af6c57ea 5340
b9aa90c9 5341@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
5342
5343
5344@subsection Memory Management
5345
5346@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
5347@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
5348
5349@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
5350@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
5351these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
5352they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
5353@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
5354
5355@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
5356memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
5357behavior.}
5358
5359@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
5360
5361@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
5362memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
5363free a @code{NULL} pointer.
5364
5365@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
5366@code{NULL} pointer.}
5367
5368@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
5369allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
5370
5371@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
5372restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
5373
5374@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 5375function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
5376
5377@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
5378functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
5379errors.}
5380
5381
5382@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 5383@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 5384
aa79a185
DJ
5385With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
5386@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
5387are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
5388building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
5389
5390This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
5391with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 5392from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
5393
5394The current list of warning flags includes:
5395
5396@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
5397@item -Wall
5398Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 5399
aa79a185 5400@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 5401
aa79a185
DJ
5402@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
5403code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 5404
aa79a185 5405@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 5406
aa79a185
DJ
5407@item -Wformat-nonliteral
5408Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 5409might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 5410Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 5411@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
5412but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
5413
7be93b9e
JB
5414@item -Wno-pointer-sign
5415In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
5416assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
5417signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
5418carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
5419the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
5420worth the time it would take.
5421
aa79a185
DJ
5422@item -Wno-unused-parameter
5423Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
5424unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
5425@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
5426it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
5427is being used.
5428
5429@item -Wno-unused
5430@itemx -Wno-switch
58b38ee2 5431@itemx -Wno-char-subscripts
aa79a185
DJ
5432These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
5433currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 5434
aa79a185 5435@end table
c906108c
SS
5436
5437@subsection Formatting
5438
56caf160 5439@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5440The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5441strictly.
5442
af6c57ea
AC
5443A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5444function definition should have its name in column zero.
5445
474c8240 5446@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5447/* Declaration */
5448static void foo (void);
5449/* Definition */
5450void
5451foo (void)
5452@{
5453@}
474c8240 5454@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5455
5456@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5457be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5458
af6c57ea
AC
5459There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5460parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5461required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5462or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5463
5464While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5465more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5466after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5467whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5468for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5469
5470Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5471
474c8240 5472@smallexample
af6c57ea 5473void *foo;
474c8240 5474@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5475
5476@noindent
5477and not:
5478
474c8240 5479@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5480void * foo;
5481void* foo;
474c8240 5482@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5483
5484@subsection Comments
5485
56caf160 5486@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5487The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5488
af6c57ea
AC
5489Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5490@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5491
474c8240 5492@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5493/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5494 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5495 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5496 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5497 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5498@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5499
5500(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5501comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5502
5503Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5504variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5505
5506In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5507than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5508line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5509than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5510
5511@subsection C Usage
5512
56caf160 5513@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5514Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5515host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5516of evaluation of expressions.
5517
56caf160 5518@cindex function usage
c906108c 5519Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5520in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5521call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5522limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5523
5524However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5525are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5526
af6c57ea 5527@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5528(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5529protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5530
5531@cindex types
c906108c 5532
af6c57ea
AC
5533Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5534declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5535
5536
5537@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5538@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5539
5540Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5541a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5542argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5543function definition.
c906108c 5544
53a5351d
JM
5545All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5546callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5547be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5548visible to random source files.
c906108c 5549
af6c57ea
AC
5550Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5551that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5552
5553
5554@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5555
5556During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5557User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5558entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5559object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5560Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5561run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5562
5563When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5564@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5565
5566@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5567
5568@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5569the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5570@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5571error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5572
5573@subsection File Names
5574
5575Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5576case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5577unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5578
5579@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5580platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5581is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5582@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5583convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5584@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5585@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5586
5587Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5588of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5589
5590@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5591
5592When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5593@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5594@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5595independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5596the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5597should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5598programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5599
5600For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5601
5602
5603@subsection Include Files
5604
e2b28d04 5605A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5606
e2b28d04
AC
5607A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5608declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5609indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5610
e2b28d04
AC
5611A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5612declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5613indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5614be directly included.
af6c57ea 5615
e2b28d04 5616An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5617
e2b28d04
AC
5618An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5619Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5620pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5621
5622A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5623
5624An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5625files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5626@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5627
5628All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5629
474c8240 5630@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5631#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5632#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5633header body
5634#endif
474c8240 5635@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5636
c906108c 5637
dab11f21 5638@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5639
56caf160 5640@cindex design
c906108c 5641In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5642semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5643experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5644trouble.
5645
56caf160 5646@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5647You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5648(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5649must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5650@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5651such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5652
5653You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5654the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5655current @code{target_ops} vector.
5656
5657You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5658(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5659assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5660host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5661written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5662copyright problems.
5663
56caf160 5664@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5665Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5666to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5667systems.
5668
56caf160 5669@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5670New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5671or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5672for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5673features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5674has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5675often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5676predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5677time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5678with regard to this feature.
5679
5680Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5681target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5682
dab11f21
EZ
5683@cindex portable file name handling
5684@cindex file names, portability
5685One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5686creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5687assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5688a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5689directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5690necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5691system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5692name, use the following portable macros:
5693
5694@table @code
5695@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5696@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5697This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5698whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5699symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5700such hosts.
5701
5702@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5703@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5704Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5705character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5706such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5707pass.
5708
5709@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5710@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5711Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5712For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5713@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5714@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5715
5716@findex FILENAME_CMP
5717@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5718Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5719appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5720this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5721will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5722
5723@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5724@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5725Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5726@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5727This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5728
5729@findex SLASH_STRING
5730@item SLASH_STRING
5731This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5732absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5733@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5734@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5735@end table
5736
5737In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5738functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5739basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5740@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5741platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5742with @code{strrchr}.
5743
25822942
DB
5744Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5745attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5746multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5747by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5748well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5749something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5750using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5751@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5752current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5753is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5754implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5755attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5756formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5757
56caf160
EZ
5758Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5759the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5760@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5761something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5762consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5763with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5764file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5765radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5766
af6c57ea
AC
5767All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5768@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5769messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5770@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5771
c906108c 5772
8487521e 5773@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5774
25822942 5775@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5776@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 5777
56caf160
EZ
5778Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
5779specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
5780dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
5781hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
5782@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
5783name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
5784@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 5785
56caf160
EZ
5786@itemize @bullet
5787@item
c906108c
SS
5788In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
5789@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
5790vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
5791@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
5792@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
5793running
5794
474c8240 5795@smallexample
c906108c 5796./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 5797@end smallexample
56caf160 5798
c906108c
SS
5799@noindent
5800and
56caf160 5801
474c8240 5802@smallexample
c906108c 5803./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 5804@end smallexample
56caf160 5805
c906108c
SS
5806@noindent
5807which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
5808and no error messages.
5809
56caf160 5810@noindent
c906108c
SS
5811You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
5812beyond the scope of this manual.
5813
56caf160 5814@item
25822942 5815To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
5816your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
5817desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
5818setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
5819@var{xyz}).
5820
7fd60527
AC
5821@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
5822@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
5823new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
5824Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
5825to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
5826changed again in the future.}
5827
56caf160 5828@item
25822942 5829Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
5830target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
5831configuration.
56caf160 5832@end itemize
c906108c 5833
d52fe014
AC
5834@node Versions and Branches
5835@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 5836
d52fe014 5837@section Versions
8973da3a 5838
d52fe014
AC
5839@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
5840@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 5841
d52fe014
AC
5842@table @asis
5843@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
5844@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5845an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
5846@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5847a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
58486.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
5849@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
5850a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
58516.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
5852@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 5853a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
5854@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
5855may include additional changes
d52fe014 5856@end table
fb0ff88f 5857
d52fe014
AC
5858@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
5859numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5860of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
5861@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 5862
53531fc1
AC
5863@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
5864@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
5865drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
5866first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
5867@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
5868@var{patchlevel}.
5869
5870For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
5871identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
5872
5873@table @asis
5874@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5875drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
5876@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5877@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5878drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
58796.1.90.20020304)
5880@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5881@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5882drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
5883@end table
fb0ff88f 5884
d52fe014
AC
5885If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
58866.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
5887here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 5888
d52fe014
AC
5889@smallexample
5890 <HEAD>
5891 |
53531fc1 58926.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 5893 |
53531fc1 5894 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5895 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 5896 | |
53531fc1
AC
58976.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
5898 | |
58996.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
5900 | |
59016.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 5902 | |
53531fc1
AC
59036.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
5904 | |
59056.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
5906 | |
59076.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
5908 | |
59096.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
5910 | |
59116.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 5912 |
53531fc1 59136.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 5914 |
53531fc1 5915 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5916 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
5917 | |
59186.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
5919 | |
d52fe014 5920@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5921
d52fe014
AC
5922@section Release Branches
5923@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 5924
d52fe014
AC
5925@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
5926single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
5927branch tags:
fb0ff88f 5928
d52fe014
AC
5929@smallexample
5930gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
5931gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
5932gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
5933@end smallexample
5934
5935@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
5936release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
5937date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
5938branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
5939
5940@section Vendor Branches
5941@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
5942
5943To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
5944@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
5945(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 5946its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
5947Inc Patch 2)}.
5948
5949@section Experimental Branches
5950@cindex experimental branches
5951
5952@subsection Guidelines
5953
5954@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
5955repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
5956for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
5957significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 5958
d52fe014 5959The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 5960
d52fe014
AC
5961@table @emph
5962
5963@item a branch has an owner
5964The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
5965ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
5966adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
5967
5968@item all commits are posted
5969All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
5970@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
5971mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
5972should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
5973
5974@item all commits are covered by an assignment
5975This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
5976and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
5977
5978@item a branch is focused
5979A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
5980unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
5981be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
5982
5983@item a branch tracks mainline
5984This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
5985pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
5986mainline.
5987
5988@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
5989The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
5990branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
5991
5992@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
5993The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
5994the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 5995@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
5996
5997@end table
fb0ff88f 5998
d52fe014
AC
5999@subsection Tags
6000@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 6001
d52fe014
AC
6002To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
6003branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 6004
d52fe014 6005@table @code
fb0ff88f 6006
d52fe014
AC
6007@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6008@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
6009The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
6010date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
6011sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 6012@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6013cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
6014cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
6015 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 6016@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6017
d52fe014
AC
6018@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
6019The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
6020on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
6021use a command sequence like:
474c8240 6022@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6023cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
6024cvs update \
6025 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6026 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 6027@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6028@noindent
6029Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
6030merge.
6031
6032@end table
fb0ff88f 6033
d52fe014
AC
6034@noindent
6035For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
6036@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
6037
55f6ca0f
JB
6038@node Start of New Year Procedure
6039@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
6040@cindex new year procedure
6041
6042At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
6043
6044@itemize @bullet
6045@item
6046Rotate the ChangeLog file
6047
6048The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
6049@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
6050A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
6051contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
6052also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
6053the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
6054@smallexample
6055Local Variables:
6056mode: change-log
6057left-margin: 8
6058fill-column: 74
6059version-control: never
6060End:
6061@end smallexample
6062
7f893741
JB
6063@item
6064Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
6065in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6066
55f6ca0f
JB
6067@item
6068Update the copyright year in the startup message
6069
6070Update the copyright year in file @file{top.c}, function
6071@code{print_gdb_version}.
6ec2edbe
JB
6072
6073@item
6074Add the new year in the copyright notices of all source and documentation
6075files. This can be done semi-automatically by running the @code{copyright.sh}
6076script. This script requires Emacs 22 or later to be installed.
6077
55f6ca0f
JB
6078@end itemize
6079
d52fe014 6080@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 6081
d52fe014
AC
6082@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
6083@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 6084
9bb0a4d8
AC
6085@section Branch Commit Policy
6086
6087The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
60885.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
6089
6090@itemize @bullet
6091@item
6092The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
6093@item
6094Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
6095trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 6096file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6097@item
6098When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6099Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6100when debugging a static binary?
6101@item
6102The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6103the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6104@item
6105Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6106sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6107@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6108@end itemize
6109
6110@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6111functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6112This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6113reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6114
6115
cbb09e6a 6116@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6117
8642bc8f 6118Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6119code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6120(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6121
8642bc8f 6122Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6123line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6124been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6125
cbb09e6a
AC
6126The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6127wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6128Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6129
cbb09e6a 6130@enumerate
8973da3a 6131@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6132Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
6133list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6134recommended.
8973da3a 6135@item
cbb09e6a 6136Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6137@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6138Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
6139Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6140@item
cbb09e6a 6141Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6142@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6143Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6144prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6145@item
6146Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6147released.
6148@item
6149Remove the obsolete code.
6150@end enumerate
6151
6152@noindent
6153@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6154hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6155helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6156or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6157the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6158hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6159
8973da3a 6160
9ae8b82c
AC
6161
6162@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6163
8642bc8f
AC
6164The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6165changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6166instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6167building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6168@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6169
9ae8b82c 6170@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6171
9ae8b82c
AC
6172People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6173something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6174script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6175
9ae8b82c 6176@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6177
9ae8b82c
AC
6178Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6179@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6180@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6181
6182@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6183
8642bc8f 6184A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6185
8642bc8f
AC
6186@itemize @bullet
6187@item
6188@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6189@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6190@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6191file)
6192@item
6193@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6194@end itemize
6195
9ae8b82c 6196@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6197
9ae8b82c
AC
6198@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
6199(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6200conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6201of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6202regressions.
8642bc8f 6203
9ae8b82c 6204@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6205
9ae8b82c 6206Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6207
9ae8b82c 6208@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6209
9ae8b82c 6210The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6211
8642bc8f 6212
30107679 6213@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6214
30107679 6215@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6216
474c8240 6217@smallexample
30107679
AC
6218$ u=5.1
6219$ v=5.2
6220$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6221$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6222$ echo $u $V $D
62235.1 5_2 2002-03-03
6224$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6225-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
30107679 6226cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6227-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6228$ ^echo ^^
6229...
6230$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6231-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
30107679 6232cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6233-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6234$ ^echo ^^
6235...
8642bc8f 6236$
474c8240 6237@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6238
6239@itemize @bullet
6240@item
b247355e 6241By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6242date/time.
6243@item
b247355e 6244The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6245@item
b247355e 6246Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6247@item
b247355e 6248@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6249@item
b247355e 6250The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6251@end itemize
6252
6253@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6254
6255@smallexample
6256$ u=5.1
6257$ v=5.2
6258$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6259$ echo $u $v$V
62605.1 5_2
6261$ cd /tmp
6262$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
6263-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
6264cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
6265 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6266$ ^echo ^^
6267U src/gdb/version.in
6268$ cd src/gdb
6269$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6270$ cat version.in
62715.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6272$ cvs -f commit version.in
6273@end smallexample
6274
6275@itemize @bullet
6276@item
6277@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6278mechanism.
30107679
AC
6279@item
6280@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6281initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6282@end itemize
6283
8642bc8f
AC
6284
6285@subheading Update the web and news pages
6286
30107679
AC
6287Something?
6288
8642bc8f
AC
6289@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
6290
30107679
AC
6291The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
6292This file needs to be updated so that:
6293
6294@itemize @bullet
6295@item
b247355e 6296A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 6297@item
b247355e 6298The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
6299@end itemize
6300
6301@noindent
6302See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
6303cron table.
6304
6305The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
6306any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
6307snapshot directories.
6308
6309
6310@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
6311
6312The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
6313to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
6314refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
6315
6316The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
6317current release.
6318
6319@subheading Post the branch info
6320
6321Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
6322
6323@itemize @bullet
6324@item
6325@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6326@item
d3e8051b
EZ
6327@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
6328@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 6329@end itemize
30107679
AC
6330
6331@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
6332ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
6333list are alerted.}
6334
6335The announcement should include:
6336
6337@itemize @bullet
6338@item
b247355e 6339The branch tag.
30107679 6340@item
b247355e 6341How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 6342@item
b247355e 6343The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 6344@item
b247355e 6345The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 6346@end itemize
30107679 6347
8642bc8f
AC
6348@section Stabilize the branch
6349
6350Something goes here.
6351
6352@section Create a Release
6353
0816590b
AC
6354The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
6355down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
6356process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
6357process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 6358
0816590b
AC
6359When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
6360
6361@subsection Create a release candidate
6362
6363The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
6364made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
6365candidate).
6366
6367@subsubheading Freeze the branch
6368
6369Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
6370@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
6371
6372@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 6373
474c8240 6374@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6375$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
6376$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6377$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
6378$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 6379/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6380$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
6381$ cd $t/$b/$v
6382$ pwd
0816590b 6383/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
6384$ which autoconf
6385/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 6386$
474c8240 6387@end smallexample
8973da3a 6388
0816590b
AC
6389@noindent
6390Notes:
8973da3a 6391
0816590b
AC
6392@itemize @bullet
6393@item
6394Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
6395version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
6396found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
6397unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
6398@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
6399@end itemize
6400
6401@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 6402
474c8240 6403@smallexample
b247355e 6404$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6405do
8973da3a
AC
6406( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
6407done
8642bc8f 6408$
474c8240 6409@end smallexample
8973da3a 6410
0816590b
AC
6411@noindent
6412Note:
8642bc8f 6413
0816590b
AC
6414@itemize @bullet
6415@item
6416The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
6417any confusion between what is written here and what your local
6418@code{cvs} really does.
6419@end itemize
6420
6421@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 6422
0816590b
AC
6423@table @file
6424
6425@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
6426
6427Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
6428releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
6429
0816590b 6430Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 6431
474c8240 6432@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6433$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
6434...
6435c-x 4 a
6436...
6437c-x c-s c-x c-c
6438$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
6439$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6440@end smallexample
8973da3a 6441
0816590b
AC
6442@item gdb/README
6443
6444You'll need to update:
8973da3a 6445
0816590b
AC
6446@itemize @bullet
6447@item
b247355e 6448The version.
0816590b 6449@item
b247355e 6450The update date.
0816590b 6451@item
b247355e 6452Who did it.
0816590b 6453@end itemize
8973da3a 6454
474c8240 6455@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6456$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
6457...
8973da3a 6458c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 6459...
8973da3a 6460c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6461$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
6462$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6463@end smallexample
8973da3a 6464
0816590b
AC
6465@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
6466before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
6467to get it updated.}
8973da3a 6468
8642bc8f
AC
6469@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
6470@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
6471pursuing.}
8973da3a 6472
0816590b 6473@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 6474
474c8240 6475@smallexample
8642bc8f 6476$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
6477$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
64785.2
8642bc8f 6479$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6480...
6481c-x 4 a
0816590b 6482... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6483c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6484$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6485$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6486@end smallexample
8973da3a 6487
0816590b
AC
6488@end table
6489
6490@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6491
6492This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6493
4ce8657e
MC
6494@smallexample
6495$ for m in gdb insight
6496do
6497( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6498done
4ce8657e
MC
6499@end smallexample
6500
6501If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6502(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6503
474c8240 6504@smallexample
0816590b 6505$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6506do
0816590b 6507( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6508done
474c8240 6509@end smallexample
8973da3a 6510
0816590b 6511@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6512
0816590b 6513You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6514@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6515for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6516
474c8240 6517@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6518$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6519M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6520? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6521? proto-toplev
0816590b 6522@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6523M gdb/ChangeLog
6524M gdb/NEWS
6525M gdb/README
6526M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6527@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6528$
474c8240 6529@end smallexample
8973da3a 6530
0816590b 6531@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6532@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6533@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6534was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 6535didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6536
0816590b 6537@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6538
474c8240 6539@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6540$ cp */src/*.tar .
6541$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6542$ ls -F
b247355e 6543gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
6544$ for m in gdb insight
6545do
6546bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6547gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6548done
6549$
474c8240 6550@end smallexample
8973da3a 6551
0816590b
AC
6552@noindent
6553Note:
6554
6555@itemize @bullet
6556@item
6557A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6558in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6559can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6560process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6561@end itemize
6562
6563@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6564
0816590b 6565Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6566
0816590b
AC
6567@smallexample
6568$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6569$ cd gdb-5.2
6570$ ./configure
6571$ make
6572@dots{}
6573$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6574GNU gdb 5.2
6575@dots{}
6576(gdb) b main
6577Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6578(gdb) run
6579Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6580
6581Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6582734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6583(gdb) print args
6584$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6585(gdb)
6586@end smallexample
8973da3a 6587
0816590b 6588@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6589
0816590b 6590If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6591
0816590b
AC
6592@enumerate
6593@item
6594Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6595@item
6596Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6597@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6598process can restart.
6599@item
6600Make the release candidate available in
6601@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6602@item
6603Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6604@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6605@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6606
0816590b 6607@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6608
0816590b 6609(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6610
0816590b 6611@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6612
0816590b 6613Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6614
474c8240 6615@smallexample
0816590b 6616$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6617$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6618@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6619
0816590b
AC
6620@noindent
6621Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6622are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6623
6624@smallexample
6625$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6626$ rm @dots{}
6627@end smallexample
6628
6629@noindent
6630Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6631directory:
6632
6633@smallexample
6634$ vi README
6635@dots{}
6636$ rm -f .message
6637$ ln README .message
6638@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6639
0816590b 6640@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6641
0816590b
AC
6642@table @file
6643
6644@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6645This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6646@itemize @bullet
6647@item
b247355e 6648General announcement.
8642bc8f 6649@item
0816590b
AC
6650News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6651earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6652@item
b247355e 6653Errata.
0816590b
AC
6654@end itemize
6655
6656@item htdocs/index.html
6657@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6658@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6659These files include:
6660@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6661@item
b247355e 6662Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 6663@item
b247355e 6664News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6665@end itemize
0816590b 6666These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6667
0816590b 6668@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6669You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6670docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6671from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6672Something like:
6673
474c8240 6674@smallexample
8642bc8f 6675$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6676 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6677 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6678 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6679 gdb
474c8240 6680@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6681
0816590b
AC
6682@item download/ari/
6683Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6684
0816590b
AC
6685@smallexample
6686$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6687 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6688 $PWD/www \
6689 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6690 gdb
6691@end smallexample
6692
6693@end table
6694
6695@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6696
6697Something goes here.
6698
6699
6700@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6701
6702At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6703@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6704
6705@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6706
6707Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6708
6709@itemize @bullet
6710@item
6711@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6712@item
0816590b
AC
6713@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6714day or so to let things get out)
6715@item
6716@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6717@end itemize
6718
0816590b 6719@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6720
0816590b 6721The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6722
0816590b 6723@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6724
0816590b 6725In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6726
6727@itemize @bullet
6728@item
6729@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6730@item
6731@file{gdb/version.in}
6732@item
6733@file{gdb/NEWS}
6734@item
6735@file{gdb/README}
6736@end itemize
6737
0816590b 6738@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6739
6740Something like:
6741
474c8240 6742@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6743$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6744$ echo $d
67452002-01-24
6746$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6747$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6748@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6749
0816590b 6750Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 6751@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
6752
6753@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6754
0816590b
AC
6755Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6756indicates when the release was made.
6757
6758@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6759
6760If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6761@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6762committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6763@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6764is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6765
6766Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6767
0816590b 6768@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6769
8642bc8f
AC
6770The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6771trunk.
8973da3a 6772
0816590b
AC
6773@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6774
6775Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6776Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6777generated by running:
6778
6779@smallexample
6780$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6781@end smallexample
6782
6783@noindent
6784The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
6785of the most recent release.
6786
6787Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
6788
8642bc8f 6789@section Post release
8973da3a 6790
8642bc8f 6791Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 6792
085dd6e6
JM
6793@node Testsuite
6794
6795@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 6796@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 6797
56caf160
EZ
6798The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
6799While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
6800this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
6801the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
6802to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 6803
b247355e
NR
6804The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
6805tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
6806runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
6807
6808@section Using the Testsuite
6809
56caf160 6810@cindex running the test suite
25822942 6811To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
6812testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
6813environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
6814the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
6815and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
6816finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 6817
474c8240 6818@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
6819 === gdb Summary ===
6820
6821# of expected passes 6016
6822# of unexpected failures 58
6823# of unexpected successes 5
6824# of expected failures 183
6825# of unresolved testcases 3
6826# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 6827@end smallexample
56caf160 6828
a9f158ec
JB
6829To run a specific test script, type:
6830@example
6831make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
6832@end example
6833where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
6834spaces.
6835
085dd6e6
JM
6836The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
6837conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
6838real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
6839failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
6840hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
6841everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
6842being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
6843lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
6844Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
6845reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
6846catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
6847program.
6848
6849When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
6850testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
6851regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
6852run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
6853compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
6854testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
6855options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
6856host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
6857mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
6858
6859If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
6860tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
6861and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
6862Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
6863failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
6864difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
6865in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
6866tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 6867
e7dc800a
MC
6868DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
6869some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
6870the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
6871will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
6872
6873@smallexample
6874UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
6875@end smallexample
6876
085dd6e6
JM
6877@section Testsuite Organization
6878
56caf160 6879@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
6880The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
6881testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
6882and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 6883handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 6884@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 6885all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
6886configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
6887definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
6888
6889The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
6890subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
6891with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
6892in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
6893get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
6894
6895The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
6896are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
6897located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
6898execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
6899intelligibility.
6900
56caf160 6901@table @file
085dd6e6 6902@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 6903This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 6904configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 6905The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 6906ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
6907for prototypes).
6908
6909@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 6910Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 6911@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
6912
6913@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
6914Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
6915(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
6916HP-UX.
6917
6918@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
6919Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
69201999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
6921couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
6922imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
6923extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
6924
6925@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 6926Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
6927instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
6928@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
6929@end table
6930
6931@section Writing Tests
56caf160 6932@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 6933
25822942 6934In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
6935should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
6936
6937You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
6938includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
6939However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
6940instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
6941calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
6942
6943Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
8a3dae3e
DJ
6944necessary. Even if @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to
6945a command, you can use @code{gdb_test_multiple}. Like @code{gdb_test},
6946@code{gdb_test_multiple} recognizes internal errors and unexpected
6947prompts.
6948
6949Do not write tests which expect a literal tab character from @value{GDBN}.
6950On some operating systems (e.g.@: OpenBSD) the TTY layer expands tabs to
6951spaces, so by the time @value{GDBN}'s output reaches expect the tab is gone.
085dd6e6
JM
6952
6953The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 6954style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 6955styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 6956instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
6957never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
6958uniformly.
6959
c906108c
SS
6960@node Hints
6961
6962@chapter Hints
6963
6964Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
6965appear anywhere else in the directory.
6966
6967@menu
25822942 6968* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 6969* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
6970@end menu
6971
6972@node Getting Started,,, Hints
6973
6974@section Getting Started
6975
25822942 6976@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
6977work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
6978know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
6979
25822942
DB
6980This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
6981generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6982
6983Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
6984comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
6985function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 6986explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
6987free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
6988out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
6989actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
6990
6991Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
6992native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
6993repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
6994macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
6995default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
6996also documents all the available macros.
6997@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
6998@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
6999@c Conditionals})
7000
56caf160
EZ
7001Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
7002@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
7003@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
7004code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
7005
7006You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
7007enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 7008language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
7009the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
7010and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
7011are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
7012approach.
7013
25822942 7014Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
7015specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
7016function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
7017will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
7018calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
7019(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
7020called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
7021functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
7022one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
7023structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
7024the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
7025look like.
7026
7027Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
7028code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
7029principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
7030else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
7031rather than worrying about all its details.
7032
56caf160
EZ
7033@cindex command implementation
7034A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
7035a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
7036single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
7037@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
7038via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
7039which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
7040the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
7041@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
7042command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
7043display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
7044not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
7045tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
7046breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
7047
7048@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
7049If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
7050on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
7051wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 7052@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
7053Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
7054
33e16fad 7055@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 7056
25822942 7057@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 7058@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 7059
25822942 7060If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
7061fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
7062Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 7063debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 7064./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 7065@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 7066
25822942 7067When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
7068@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
7069gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 7070in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
7071gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
7072
7073If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
7074you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
7075routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
7076@kbd{M-.}
7077
25822942 7078Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
7079have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
7080
7081@section Submitting Patches
7082
56caf160 7083@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 7084Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 7085@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
7086Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
7087changes.
7088
25822942
DB
7089The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
7090This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7091
7092If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
7093or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
7094with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
7095
56caf160 7096@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
7097The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
7098copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
7099of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
7100standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
7101and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
7102owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
7103changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
7104etc) can be
9e0b60a8 7105contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 7106bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
7107this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
7108since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
7109
7110Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
7111feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
7112Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
7113header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
7114each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
7115needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
7116@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
7117single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
7118
7119In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 7120sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
7121If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7122out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7123
9e0b60a8
JM
7124The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7125install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7126or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7127will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7128The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7129the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7130being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7131tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7132the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7133acceptable.
7134
7135If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7136of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7137installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7138reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7139complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7140they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7141permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7142be for quite some time.
c906108c 7143
56caf160 7144Please send patches directly to
47b95330 7145@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c
SS
7146
7147@section Obsolete Conditionals
56caf160 7148@cindex obsolete code
c906108c 7149
25822942 7150Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following
c906108c
SS
7151configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses
7152should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched.
7153
7154@table @code
c906108c
SS
7155@item STACK_END_ADDR
7156This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use
7157in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the
25822942
DB
7158core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN}
7159gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration
c906108c 7160files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there),
25822942 7161and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files.
c906108c
SS
7162
7163Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR
7164is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old!
7165
c906108c
SS
7166@end table
7167
36af4ef6
MD
7168@section Build Script
7169
7170@cindex build script
7171
7172The script @file{gdb_buildall.sh} builds @value{GDBN} with flag
7173@option{--enable-targets=all} set. This builds @value{GDBN} with all supported
7174targets activated. This helps testing @value{GDBN} when doing changes that
7175affect more than one architecture and is much faster than using
7176@file{gdb_mbuild.sh}.
7177
7178After building @value{GDBN} the script checks which architectures are
7179supported and then switches the current architecture to each of those to get
7180information about the architecture. The test results are stored in log files
7181in the directory the script was called from.
7182
bcd7e15f 7183@include observer.texi
2154891a 7184@raisesections
aab4e0ec 7185@include fdl.texi
2154891a 7186@lowersections
aab4e0ec 7187
56caf160
EZ
7188@node Index
7189@unnumbered Index
7190
7191@printindex cp
7192
c906108c 7193@bye
This page took 1.027773 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.